ENGLISH 9

Academic year 2021-2022

Name:
Class:
 TITLE PAGE
PART 1 : GRAMMAR
1. Tenses review 4

2. Wish condition 10 + 145

3. Past simple <=> Present perfect 14

PRACTICE TEST
4. Passive voice 21 + 173

5. If condition 30 + 161

6. Reported Speech 38 + 184

PRACTICE TEST
7. Infinitive and gerund 45 + 133

PRACTICE TEST
8. Relative clause 53

9. Word form : Adjective and Adverb 57

PRACTICE TEST
10. Adverb clauses of reasons 62

11. Adverb clauses of concession 66

12. Adverb clauses of result

PRACTICE TEST
13. Modal verb

14. Connectives : And; But; Nor; For; So 85

PRACTICE TEST
15. Suggestion 89

16. Tag questions 95

PRACTICE TEST
 NGỮ PHÁP NGOÀI SÁCH GIÁO KHOA 9

1. Comparisons ( Câu so sánh) 99

2. Inversion ( Câu Đảo Ngữ) 114

3. Subject and verb Agreement 123

Practice test

4. Article ( Mạo từ) 128

5. Verb Form 133

6. Noun phrase <=> clause

Practice test

ADVANCED GRAMMAR EXERCISES 145

APPENDIX 1: COMMON VOCABULARY

APPENDIX 2: WORD FAMILY

Unit 1: REVIEW TENSES
I / Lý Thuyết
1. SIMPLE PAST
A/ Cách dùng: hành động xảy ra trong quá khứ biết thời gian
B/ Nhận biết: yesterday, last, ago, in + time
C/ Công thức: S + V2 / V-ed

2. SIMPLE PRESENT:
A/ Cách dùng: thói quen, chân lý, sự thật hiển nhiên
B/ Nhận biết: Always, usually, often, sometimes, seldom, rarely, hardly ever, never,
once a week , everyday, frequently, regularly
C/ Công thức: S + V-s/ V-es/ Vo

3. SIMPLE FUTURE
A/ Cách dùng: lời hứa , ý kiến, quyết định nhất thời
B/ Nhận biết: tonight, tomorrow, next week, 2 days later, in + future time
C/ Công thức: S + will + Vo

4. PRESENT CONTINUOUS
A/ Cách dùng: hành động đang xảy ra tại thời điểm hiện tại
B/ Nhận biết: now, at the moment , at present, look! Listen! Be careful!
C/ Công thức: S + am/ is/ are + V-ing

5. PAST CONTINUOUS
A/ Cách dùng: hành động đang diễn ra tại thời điểm trong quá khứ (giờ)
B/ Nhận biết: at + giờ quá khứ
C/ Công thức: S + was/ were + V-ing
6. FUTURE CONTINUOUS
A/ Cách dùng: hành động đang diễn ra tại thời điểm trong tương lai (giờ)
B/ Nhận biết: at + giờ tương lai
C/ Công thức: S + will be + V-ing

7. PRESENT PERFECT
A/ Cách dùng:
 Vừa mới xảy ra
 Lặp lại nhiều lần trong quá khứ
 Bắt đầu từ quá khứ => hiện tại => tương lai
 Xảy ra trong quá khứ không đề cập thời gian
 Xảy ra trong quá khứ hậu quả vẫn còn ở hiện tại
B/ Nhận biết: several times, just , recently, lately, since, for , so far, up to now, up
to present, until now, this is the first time... , yet , already, never, ever , before
C/ Công thức: S + have/ has + V3

8. PAST PERFECT
A/ Cách dùng:
 Diễn tả hành động xảy ra trước một hành động khác trong quá khứ
 Diễn tả hành động xảy ra trước một thời điểm trong quá khứ
B/ Nhận biết: By the time, when, before , after
C/ Công thức: S + had + V3

9. FUTURE PERFECT
A/ Cách dùng:
 Diễn tả hành động xảy ra trước một hành động khác trong tương lai
 Diễn tả hành động xảy ra trước một thời điểm trong tương lai
B/ Nhận biết: by the time
C/ Công thức: S+ WILL HAVE+ V3
II. EXERCISE
Exercise 1
1. I (have).................................coffee for breakfast every morning.
2. We (do)................................exercise one right at the moment.
3. Up to the present, he (do)..............................good work in this class.
4. They often (play)...............................................soccer after the school time.
5. I (meet)...................................him yesterday.
6. She usually (wear) ...............a blue dress, but today she (wear)......................a red one.
7. Her bicycle (be).............................stolen.
8. People ( speak)..............................English and French in Canada.
9. She (have)..........................coffee for breakfast every morning.
10. She sometimes (buy)...................vegetables at this market.
11. I (try)........................to learn English for year ,but I (not succeed) yet.
12. Mary (rest)....................in the garden all day because she (be)......................ill.
13. That book (lie)....................on the table for weeks .You (not read).......................it yet.
14. Mary (lose).................. her hat and she (look)..................for it until now.
15. I (see)......................that film several times because I like it.
16. That brown suitcase (belong)..............................to Dr. Rice.
17. Michael (work)..................................thirty eight hours a week.
18. How many times you (see)...........................him since he went to England.
19. Up to the present, we (write).......................almost every lesson in the book
20. We should leave now because the rain (just, stop).......................................
Exercise 2
1/ She...........................................(wait) for two hours to see you.
2. She.................................................(be) to America.
3. John...............................................(see) that film several times.
4. The................................................(live) in this street for a long time.
5. She...........................................(not speak) to me since last week.
6. We....................................(study) every lesson in the book, so far.
7. I.............................................(have) three colds this winter.
8. Up to now, John….....................................(work) very hard.
9. They.......................................(sell) their house several days ago.
10. John............................(work) for this company since 1980.
11. Linda is working in this department. She............................(work) here for two years.
12. Many people in this class..............................(see) this beautiful house several times.
13. They...................................(live) in London from 1970 to 1990.
14. They................................(live) in China since 2000.
15. We.............................(study) English at this school for a month.
16. Our present teacher...................................(live) in this city all of his life.
17. This boy................................................(not / finish) his homework yet.
18. I...............................(speak) to him about your work several times already.
19. ……………….…you..............................................(ever travel) to China before?
20. he..........................................(receive) a letter just a few minutes ago.
21. I................................................(not / see) John recently.
22. It’s the third time you..................................................(lose) your key.
23. This is one of the best books I.......................................(ever read).
24. You............................................(put) your book on my desk last night.
25. I (have)............................coffee for breakfast every day.
26. My brother (work).......................in a shoe store this summer.
27. The student (look).................................up that new word now.
28. She (go).........................to school every day.
29. We (do).................................................this exercise at the moment.
30. Miss Helen (read).........................................a newspaper now.
Exercise 3: pronunciation
1. A. talked B. painted C. asked D. liked
2. A. worked B. stopped C. forced D. wanted
3. A. lays B. says C. stays D. plays
4. A. waited B. mended C. objected D. faced
5. A. roses B. villages C. apples D. matches
6. A. languages B. rabies C. assumes D. consumes
7. A. markedly B. allegedly C. needed D. walked
8. A. succeeds B. devotes C. prevents D. coughs
9. A. kissed B. helped C. forced D. raised
10. A. sees B. sports C. pools D. Trains
11. A. watched B. danced C. Walked D. bored
12. A. needed B. decided C. played D. Wanted
13. A. provided B. Started C. worked D. Decided
14. A. closed B. played C. stopped D. stayed
Exercise 4 : Simple present, The present Continuous or the Present Perfect
1. My teacher (teach).......................English at this school for six years.
2. Listen! I (think) …………….someone (knock).....................at the door.
3. Mr Smith (pay)......................all of his bills at the end of the month.
4. Michael (study).......................English for six month now.
5. It usually (rain)......................very much in that part of the country.
6. I (be) sorry, I (forget)......................that fellow’s name already.
7. My secretary (sit)......................at a different desk today.
8. Our present boss (work).......................in this company all of his life.
9. Up the the present, George (do).......................good work in this class.
10. So far, you (make).....................no mistakes on this exercise.
11. I (be) ………..sorry. I (forget)..............that fellow’s name already.
12. Jack (look)..............no trouble with my English lesson up to now.
13. Michael (work)................thirty hours a week.
14. At present, that author (write)................a historical novel.
15. How long you (learn)..............English?
16. The weather generally (get)..............quiet hot in July and August.
17. Fred’s brother just (graduate)...............from Oxford University.
18. That brown briefcase (belong)...............to Dr. Rice.
19. Robert (wait)...............for you since noon.
20. Yes, I (remember)...............that fellow’s name now.
Exercise 5: Present Perfect
1/ How many times you (see)….........................him since he went to Edinburgh?
2/ We are from French. We (be)…............................there for 20 years.
3/ I am sorry. I (forget)....................that girl’s name already.
4/ Mai (lose)..........................her dictionary.
5/ I (wait)................................for the manager for two hours.
6/ …………….You (ever, see)…......................a lion?
7/ . I (work)......................very hard for the exam.
8. I (live).....................here since 1970.
9/....................You (be) to the zoo?
10/ I’m afraid you (look).....................at the wrong one.
11/ Why are the police here? What…..................(happen)?
12/ Please stay for dinner, Jane (cook).......................a lovely meal.
13/ He (learn)..............English for three years, but he can’t even read a newspaper yet.
14/ My teacher (teach)...........................English at this school for six years.
15/ Michael (study)..........................English for six month now.
Exercise 6
1. Nam often ( play)........................................soccer in the afternoon.
2. My father used to (go).......................................swimming when he was a child.
3. What about ( go).......................................to the zoo on Sunday evening ?
4. Tien Dung goalkeeper ( live )........................................Thanh Hoa city since 1997.
5. I used to ( go)........................................to the zoo on Sundays when I was a child.
6. Xuan Truong footballer ( play)........................................soccer beautifully last Saturday.
7. Nam used to (go).......................................fishing when he was a child.
8. They (learn )........................................English for five years.
9. How about ( go)........................................to the zoo on Sunday evening ?
10. Quang Hai footballer ( play)........................................soccer beautifully last Saturday.
11. I ( meet )........................................her at the movie theater until last night.
12. He ( go ) .........................to the English club every Sunday. But last Sunday he ( not go )
..................................there, he went to the City’s museum.
13. Two years ago, she ( teach ).......................................at a village school.
14. What .............you (do)......................yesterday morning?
15. We ( travel )........................................to Hue next month.
16. My mother ( not like )........................................riding a motorbike.
17. When my father was young, he (drink ).......................................a lot of beer.
18. Nam ( study )........................................homework in the living room now.
19. Be careful ! The car ( come ) ........................................
20. My mother ( go )........................................to the supermarket yesterday evening.
21. Tamil or Chinese may continue (instruct)…............in secondary schools.
22. The young generation is not fond of (learn)................Vietnamese poetry at school.
23. The teacher (give).........................our class five tests up to now.
24. Did these students have (wear).............................school uniform?
25. Are you used to (travel).............................long distances by car?
 UNIT 2: WISH CONDITION
1. Present wish: (ước muốn ở hiện tại): Động từ của mệnh đề đứng sau “wish” hoặc “If
only” dùng thì quá khứ giả định
S + wish = If only (Ước gì)
S + wish (es) + S + V2/ Ved/ WERE

-> Be: WERE dùng cho tất cả các ngôi

EX . I wish I studied very well.

I wish I had a lot of money.
I wish(If only) I were a good student.

2. Future wish : (Mơ ước ở tương lai): Động từ của mệnh đề đứng sau “wish” dùng
thì tương lai trong quá khứ

S + wish (es) + S + would/ could/ should/ might + Vo

EX . I wish I would study very well.

I wish I might go on a trip with my friends
I wish I could speak English well
3. Past Wish (ước muốn ở quá khứ): Động từ của mệnh đề đứng sau “wish” dùng thì
quá khứ hoàn thành

S + wish (ed) + S + had + V3/Ved

EX : I wish I had studied well last year.

I wish I hadn’t got a bad mark yesterday.
I wish I had been there last night
4. Một số cấu trúc giả định với If:
1. If only (giá như)= Wish
If only+ S + would +
Vo If only + S + V2/ V-
ed If only + S + had +
P2
2. As if/ As though: Như thể là
S + V(htd) as if/ as though + S + V(qkd)
S + V(qkd) As if/ as though + S + had + p2
Practice Exercise
Exercise 1:
I. Put the verbs in brackets into correct tenses:
1. I wish I (go)….........................................to the movie with you.
2. I wish I (have)............................................................day off.
3. I wish I (study)............................................Latin instead of Greek.
4. I wish I (not/ spend)…..............................................so much money.
5. I wish the weather (be).......................................warm, so we could go swimming.
6. I wish I (ask)…......................................................him how to get there.
7. I wish I (not stay)...........................................at home.
8. I wish I (not/ buy)............................................that book.
9. I wish I (not/ see)...............................................him.
10. I wish I (not/ call)..................................................him a liar.
11. I don’t have time to go to “High Quality Good Fair “. I wish I (go)..............there.
12. The weather is very hot. I wish it (be)..........................................cooler.
13. We seldom write to her. I wish we (write)..............................to her more often.
14. John doesn’t know how to swim. He wishes he (can)......................................swim.
15. John doesn’t buy the book. She wishes she (buy)........................................it.
16. Mai doesn’t pass the exam. She wishes she (study).................................harder.
17. We will not go to Ha Long Bay next week. I wish we (go)........................there.
18. It is raining now. I wish it (stop)......................................raining soon.
19. My parents are not in now. I wish they (be).....................at home with us now.
20. I know Nam will not lend me his car. I wish he (lend)...............................it to me.
Exercise 2
1. I wish I ( live)......................near my school.
2. I wish I ( know)......................her address.
3. I wish I ( be ).......................taller.
4. I wish I (meet).......................her now
5. If only he (not leave).............................here.
6. She wishes she (finish)...................her homework last night
7. I wish they ( come)................here last Sunday.
8. I wish they ( visit)......................us last week
9. She wishes she ( spend)....................her holiday at the seaside last weekend.
10. I wish the weather (be not)..........................hot yesterday.
11. I wish I ( be )….......................a doctor when I grow up
12. They wish it ( not rain)..............................tomorrow
13. If only we (not have )...........................a test next Tuesday.
14. I wish it (be) fine.............................on the party next week.
15. I wish tomorrow (be)…....................a beautiful day.
Exercise 3 : Choose a correct verb in the bracket
1. I wish I (have/ has/ had) a lot of interesting book.
2. I wish I ( meet/ met/ to meet ) her tomorrow.
3. I wish I (was/ were/ am) your sister.
4. I wish they ( won/ had won/ would win) the match last Sunday
5. I wish they ( played/ playing/ play) soccer well.
6. She wishes she (will/ would/ can) come here to visit us.
7. I wish yesterday ( were /was/had been ) a better day.
8. I wish I (can speak/ could speak/ will speak) many languages
9. I wish tomorrow ( were/ will be/ would be) Sunday.
10. I wish I ( am/ was/ were) a movie star .
Exercise 4:
1. I don’t have to study. - I wish ……………………………………….……………
2. We had a lot of homework yesterday.
I wish ……………………………………………………………………………….
3. It rains - I wish ……………………………………….………………………..
4. It was very cold last night. . - I wish ……………………………………….……..
5. They work slowly. . - I wish ……………………………………….…..…………
5. She doesn’t join in the trip. . - I wish ……………………………………….……
6. I am not good at English. . - I wish ……………………………………….………
7. He studies badly. . - I wish ……………………………………….………………..
8. He doesn’t like playing sports. . - I wish ……………………………………….…
9. I don’t have a computer. - I wish ……………………………..………….………
10. Today isn’t a holiday. - I wish ……………………………………….…………
11. I can’t sing this song. - I wish ………………………………………….…………
12. He was punished by his mother. - I wish ………………………………………….
13. They won’t come here again. - I wish ………………………………………….…
14. I may not go on a camping trip. - I wish ………………………………………….
15. We didn’t understand them. - I wish ………………………………………….…
16. I will be late for school. - I wish ………………………………………….………
17. The bus was late today. - I wish ………………………………………….………
18. She doesn’t like this place. - I wish ………………………………………….……
19. These students talked too much in class. - I wish …………………………………
20. I can’t play basket ball. - I wish ………………………………………….……….
Bài tập nâng cao: Viết lại các câu, bắt đầu bằng “ I wish”
1. I’d like to have a bigger house.
……………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. I’d like they to keep quiet.
……………………………………………………………………………………………
3. You have to clean the floor after meals.
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. I’m sorry that I didn’t do the homework last night.
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. It’s a pity that you didn’t tell me about that.
……………………………………………………………………………………………..
6. I regret staying up late last night.
……………………………………………………………………………………………..
7. I ‘m sorry that you can’t join in the trip with us.
……………………………………………………………………………………………..
8. The weather was very cold, so we couldn’t go swimming.
……………………………………………………………………………………………..
 Unit 3 . SIMPLE PAST <=> PRESENT PERFECT
I / Lý Thuyết
Nguyên tắc chung nhất khi chuyển đổi từ simple past sang present perfect hay ngược lại là:
 Simple past dùng để diễn tả hành động xảy ra tại một thời điểm trong quá khứ và đã
chấm dứt.
 Present perfect diễn tả hành động bắt đầu từ thời điểm đó đến hiện tại và tương lai
Dạng 1:
S + HTHT (phủ định) + for + thời gian
It’s + thời gian ….+ since …+ last + QKĐ (khẳng định)
Ex: I haven’t seen my father for one month.
–> It is one month since I last saw my father.
Ex: Tom hasn’t had his hair cut for over three months.
–> It is three months since Tom last had his hair cut.
Dạng 2:
S + HTHT (phủ định) + before
It’s + the first time + S + HTHT (khẳng định)
Ex: I haven’t seen that man here before.
–> It is the first time I have met that man here.
Ex: It is the first time I have read this book.
–> I haven’t read this book before.
Dạng 3:
S + HTHT (phủ định) + since / for + …..
S + last + QKĐ (khẳng định) …+ when + mệnh đề
The last time + S + QKĐ (khẳng định) + was + thời gian
Ex: I haven’t heard him since August.
–> The last time I heard him was in August.
Ex: I haven’t seen him since I left school.
–> I last saw him when I left school.
* Dạng 4:
S + HTHT (khẳng định) + for/ since + thời gian
S + began / started + V-ing + thời gian + ago
Ex: I have worked here for ten years.
–> I began working here ten years ago.
Ex: It started raining two days ago. –> It has rained for two days.
 Dạng 5 :
When + did _+ S + start/ begin + Ving ?
How long + have/ has + S +
V3? Ex:
whendidyoustartlivinghere?
How long have you lived here?
Ex: How long have you learned in this school?
When did you begin learning in this school?
II. EXERCISE
Exercise 1:
1) This is the first time he went abroad.
=> He hasn't.................................................................................................
2) She started driving 1 month ago.
=> She has....................................................................................................
3) We began eating when it started to rain.
=> We have...................................................................................................
4) I last had my hair cut when I left her.
=> I haven't....................................................................................................
5) The last time she kissed me was 5 months ago.
=> She hasn't.................................................................................................
6) It is a long time since we last met.
=> We haven't................................................................................................
7) When did you have it ?
=> How long..................................................................................................?
8) This is the first time I’ve had such a delicious meal .
=> I haven't..................................................................................................
9) I haven't seen him for 8 days.
=> The last ..................................................................................................
10) I haven't taken a bath since Monday.
=> It is .........................................................................................................
Exercise 2 :Rewrite the following sentences, using the words given:
Ex : - I last saw her when I was a student / 2 years
ago. haven’t seen her since I was a student / for 2
years.
1. We last saw Tom when I moved to Bristol.
 ...............................................................................................
2. She (last) wrote to me nearly 2 years ago.
 ................................................................................................
3. This film was (last) shown on TV nearly 10 years ago.
................................................................................................ .
4. She last swam in the river 3 years ago.
.................................................................................................
5. I last visited the city museum 5 years ago.
.................................................................................................
6. I haven’t attended the club since 1988.
.................................................................................................
7.I haven’t seen him for 2 months.
.................................................................................................
8. I haven’t gone swimming for 2 years.
I last................................................................................................ .
Exercise 3 : Rewrite the following sentences, using the words given.
Ex : The last time I heard him was in August.
↔ I haven’t heard him since August.
1. The last time I played football was in 1970.
...............................................................................................
2. The last time it rained was a fortnight ago.
................................................................................................
3. The last time Lucy wore that dress was at Barbara’s wedding.
................................................................................................
4. The last time my father was to Vung Tau was 2 years ago.
father.................................................................................................
5. The last time Betty rode to work was a fortnight ago.
................................................................................................ .
6. He hasn’t played tennis since 1990.
...............................................................................................
7. I haven’t met her for 2 months.
time...............................................................................................
Exercise 4 : Rewrite the following sentences, using the words given.
Ex: - He started working for this factory a year ago.
has been working for this factory since last year / for a year.
1. Tom began playing the piano 4 years ago.
................................................................................................
2. I started cooking for the party 4 hours ago.
................................................................................................
3. She started working as a secretary 2 years ago.
................................................................................................
4. My father is reading a newspaper. He started 2 hours ago.
father...............................................................................................
5. My sister began to study English a year ago.
................................................................................................
6. Scientists began to fight against AIDS in 1980.
.............................................................................................
7. The Browns have been living in London for 20 years.
........................................................................................
8. John has worked for this electronics firm since 1999.
started................................................................................................ .
9. Women have been fighting for their rights since the middle of the 20th century.
began................................................................................................ .
10. Jack and Jill have learned to drive for 2 weeks.
.................................................................................................
11. How long have you studied English?
................................................................................................ .
Exercise 5:
Rewrite the following sentences, using the words given:
Ex : I haven’t seen that film before.
It / This is the first time I have seen that film.
1. My father hasn’t driven a car before.
.................................................................................................
2. I’ve never met such a famous singer before.
first time ................................................................................................. .
3. She has never been to the ballet before.
first time ................................................................................................. .
4. She hasn’t drunk Coca Cola before.
first time ......................................................................................... .
5. I have never read this book before.
first time ................................................................................................. .
6. I have never met such an intelligent student before.
 first time ................................................................................................. .
7. This is the first time my grandfather has been to hospital.
grandfather has ..................................................................................................
Exercise 6: Rewrite the following sentences, using the words given.
Ex: I haven’t seen my father for one month.
one month since I last saw my father.
1.Tom has not had his hair cut for over 3 months.
................................................................................................. .
2.M father hasn’t been to Hanoi for 2 years.
is ................................................................................................. .
3.I haven’t enjoyed myself so much for years.
is ................................................................................................. .
4. I haven’t eaten this kind of food for 2 years.
..................................................................................................
5.Mary hasn’t rung for hours.
is ................................................................................................. .
6.We haven’t seen him for 4 years.
.................................................................................................
7.It’s over a year since I last went to see them.
haven’t ................................................................................................. .
8.It’s more than ten years since I last played football.
haven’t .................................................................................................
Exercise 7: Rewrite the following sentences, using the words given.
1. They began building this house 2 months ago

2. My father started to work in this factory last week

.....................................
3. He started living in Ho Chi Minh city when he was 8

4. He learnt English when he was 18

.................................................................................................
5. They have worked in that factory for five years.

6. We have learnt English for four years.

7.My father started to give up smoking last year.
has.................................................................................................
8.They have worked in that factory since 2001.

9. Lan hasn't written to Maryam for a month.

10. He has lived in Ha Noi since he was

12.
............................................

11. I haven't met her for a long time.

12. How long have you learnt French ?

long ago............................................................................................?
13. How long have you bought this car ?
................................................................................................ ?
14. When did you start to listen to classical music ?
long.................................................................................................?
Exercise 5
1/ It is 3 years since we last met each other.
We haven’t …………………………………………………………….
2/ The last time she visited her mom was 2 weeks ago.
She hasn’t ……………………………………………………………..
3/ he began collecting stamps in 2012
He has……………………………………………………………………
4. It is 2 months since she began studying Japanese.
=> She has……………………………………………………………………
5. It is 2 hours since It started to rain.
=> It has………………………………………………………………………
6. The last time we saw him was last week.
=> We haven’t …………………………………………………………….
7. We started living in HCM city in 2000
=> We have…………………………………………………………………
8. He has studied English for 4 years.
=> It is ………………………………………………………………………..
9. How long have you lived here?
=> When…………………………………………………………………….
10. How long ago did you know her?
=> How long.................................................................................................?
11. When did she began working in this company?
=> How long..............................................................................................?
12. This is the first time I have seen such a tall man.
=> This is …………………………………………………………………..
13. This is the first time I have eaten such a good meal.
=> I have not………………………………………………………………
14. The last time she got an A in English is last month.
=> She has not……………………………………………………………
15. Have you ever seen an elephant before?
=> Is this.........................................................................................................?
16. It is 3 years since I last taught in BHH school.
=> I haven’t ……………………………………………………………….
17. The last time she traveled by bus was 6 years ago.
=> It is ………………………………………………………………………..
18. I haven’t met a fatter man than this man.
=> This is the …………………………………………………………….
19. She began conducting the survey 3 days ago.
=> she has…………………………………………………………………
20. He has written that novel for 6 months.
=> He started ……………………………………………………………
 Unit 4: PASSIVE VOICE
I / Lý Thuyết
Xác định Subject, Verb, Object
Đưa Object lênlàm Subject mới
Đổi động từ chính thành V3, vị trí của động từ chính ban đầu sẽ được thay bằng Be
Chuyển Subject cũ thành By + Object mới ( thêm by nếu cần thiết)

Ex: She /often tidies /her room at the weekend.

-> Her room is often tidied at the weekend.
Ex: They/ are going to build/ a new building here.

*** Lưu ý chung:

1. Nếu S trong câu chủ động là: they, people, everyone, someone, anyone, etc => được bỏ
đi trong câu bị động
Ví dụ: Someone stole my motorbike last night. (Ai đó lấy trộm xe máy của tôi đêm qua)
➤ My motorbike was stolen last night. (Xe máy của tôi đã bị lấy trộm đêm qua.)
2. Nếu là người hoặc vật trực tiếp gây ra hành động thì dùng 'by', nhưng gián tiếp gây ra
hành động thì dùng 'with'
II. / Một số trường hợp bị động đặc biệt thường dùng:
1. Bị động với “ have / get something done ”: Hình thức bị động này được sử dụng để
nhấn mạnh rằng hành động của chủ thể được thực hiện bởi người khác.
Với have.
Active : S + have + Object( person) + bare infinitive + Object.
Passive : S + have + Object ( thing) + Past Participle (+ by + Object( person))
Eg: + Someone painted John’s flat yesterday.
John had his flat painted yesterday.
I has him repair my bicycle yesterday.
-> I had my bicycle repaired yesterday.
b. Với get.
Active: S + get + O (person) + to infinitive + O ( thing)
Passive : S + get + O (thing) + Past participle (+by + O(person))
Eg: I get her to make some coffee.
-> I get some coffee made.
2. Bị động với hình thức nguyên thể (infinitive) và danh động từ (gerund ).
Eg: + We don’t want to be refused entry.
+ She hates being photographed.
3. Câu bị động khách quan: Bị động với các động từ chỉ quan điểm ( verbs of opinion ):
say, think, know, believe, report ( thông báo, báo cáo), consider ( cho rằng ), acknowledge (
thừa nhận) ... Hình thức bị động này thường được sử dụng khi người nói muốn tránh đề cập tới
chủ thể thực hiện hành động.
It + to be + PII(ed/cột 3) + that + clause.
Hoặc:
S + to be + PII(ed/cột 3) + to-inf/to have + PII(ed/cột 3).
Eg:1. + People believe that David left New Zealand last week.
It is believed that David left New Zealand last week.
David is believed to have left New Zealand last
week.
Eg 2.– They say that Mr Pike works in a big company.
– It is said that Mr Pike works in a big company.
– Mr Pike is said to work in a big company
Eg3 : – They say that Mr Ron is living abroad now.
Cách 1 : – It is said that Mr Ron is living abroad.
Cách2 : – Mr Ron is said to be living abroad now.
VII/ Một số trường hợp đổi đặc biệt khác
1.1. Câu có 2 tân ngữ
– My father gave an English book to me. = I was given an English book by my father.
= An English book was given to me by my father.
2. They didn’t mention any names.( Họ không nhắc tới cái tên nào cả)
= No names were mentioned.( Không có cái tên nào đợc nhắc tới)
3. Who wrote this book ?
=> By whom was this book written ? = Whom was this book written by ?
4. My father lets me watch TV in the evening.( Bố tôi để cho tôi xem TV vào buổi tối)
=> I am let watch TV in the evening by my mother.
5. Our father made us work hard.( Bố chúng tôi bắt chúng tôi phải làm việc tích cực)
=> We were made to work hard by our father.
6. They saw him come in. ( Họ đã nhìn thấy anh ta đi vào ) = He was seen to come in.
 7. They saw him coming in. ( Họ nhìn thấy anh ta đang đi vào)
=> He was seen coming in.
8. I remember that my father took me to the zoo last month.
=> I remember my father taking me to the zoo last month
=> I remember being taken to the zoo last month by my father
9. You should know how to drive. ( Bạn cần phải biết lái xe.)
– It is your duty to know how to drive. = You are supposed to know how to drive.
10. you need to water these trees. (bạn cần tưới những cái cây này)
= these trees need watering / these trees need to be watered
1.2. Active: S1 + V1 + O 1 + to V2 infinitive + O2
– Passive: S1 + V1 + O 1 + that + O2 + should be + V2-
Example: She advised me to sell that house.
 She advised me that house should be sold.
1.3 / Active: V + O
Passive: let + O + be + V-ed3
Example: “Open the book , please”
 Let the book be opened.

II. EXERCISE
Exercise 1:

Thì Câu Chủ động Câu Bị động

Hiện tại đơn S + V(s/es) + O

Hiện tại tiếp diễn S + am/is/are + V-ing + O

Hiện tại hoàn thành S + have/has + v3 + O

Quá khứ đơn S + V(ed/Ps) + O

Quá khứ tiếp diễn S + was/were + V-ing + O

Quá khứ hoàn thành S + had + V3 + O

Tương lai đơn S + will + V-infi + O

 Tương lai hoàn thành S + will + have + v3 + O

Tương lai gần S + am/is/are going to + V-o + O

Động từ khiếm khuyết S + can/ may/ must... + V-o + O

Exercise 2
1. The boys broke the windows yesterday.
2. Someone stole Nam’s wallet.
3. John eats this cake.
4. A tiger kills a deer.
5. He learns English at school.
6. She bought a new hat last night.
7. No one believes his story.
8. They wrote the book many years
ago. 9. Peter reports the news every
day.
10. My father waters this flower every morning.
11. They moved the fridge into the living room.
12. My son finds the new project worthless.
13. He started this work last month.
14. They finished the kitchen’s building on Saturday.
15. We pointed a new marketing manager.
16. People spend a lot of money on advertising every day.
17. She showed her ticket to the airline agent.
18. He hides the broken cup in the drawer.
19. People speak English all over the world.
20. Thomas Edison invented the phonograph in 1877.
21. Children don’t clean their bedrooms every day.
22. Mary eats a loaf of bread every morning.
23. Somebody has taken my briefcase.

24. The teacher returned our written work to us.

25. She finished her report yesterday afternoon.

26. The mad dog bit the little boy.
27. The police have arrested five suspects.

28. The doctor ordered him to take a long rest.

29. Lightning struck the house.

30. They didn’t allow Tom to take these books home.

31. The teacher won’t correct exercises tomorrow.

32. Marry has operated on Tom since 10 o’clock.

33. People speak English in almost every corner of the world.

34. They didn’t look after the children properly.

35. Nobody swept this street last week.

36. People drink a great deal of tea in England.

37. The boys broke the window and took away some pictures.

38. People spend a lot of money on advertising everyday.

39. They may use this room for class.

40. The teacher is going to tell a story.

41. No one found the two lost girls lay week

42. No one has known his sudden disappearance yet

43. She did nothing with your room yesterday afternoon.

More Exercises

I. Chuyển các câu sau sang câu bị động

1. Mary types letters in the office.

2. His father will help you tomorrow.

3. Science and technology have completely changed human life.

4. Peter broke this bottle.

5. They are learning English in the room.

6. Nothing can change my mind.

7. No one had told me about it.

8. I don’t know her telephone number

9. My students will bring the children home.

10. They sent me a present last week.

11. She gave us more information.

12. The chief engineer was instructing all the workers of the plan.

13. They can’t make tea with cold water.

14. Somebody has taken some of my books away.

15. They will hold the meeting before May Day.

16. They have to repair the engine of the car.

17. The boys broke the window and took away some pictures.

18. People spend a lot of money on advertising every day.

19. Teacher is going to tell a story.

20. Mary is cutting a cake with a sharp knife.

21. The children looked at the woman with a red hat.

22. They have provided the victims with food and clothing.

23. People speak English in almost every corner of the world.

24. You mustn’t use this machine after 5:30 p.m.

25. After class, one of the students always erases the chalk board.

II. Chuyển các câu hỏi dạng đảo Có/Không sang câu bị động

26. Do they teach English here?

27. Will you invite her to your wedding party?

28. Has Tom finished the work?

29. Did the teacher give some exercises?

30. Have they changed the window of the laboratory?

31. Is she going to write a poem?

32. Is she making big cakes for the party?

33. Are the police making inquires about the thief?

34. Must we finish the test before ten?

35. Will buses bring the children home?

36. Have you finished your homework?

III. Chuyển các câu hỏi bắt đầu bằng từ hỏi “H/WH” sau sang câu bị động

37. Why didn’t they help him?

38. How many games has the team played?

39. Where do people speak English?

40. Who are they keeping in the kitchen?

41. How can they open this safe?

42. What books are people reading this year?

43. How did the police find the lost man?

44. Who look after the children for you?

45. How long have they waited for the doctor?

46. What time can the boys hand in their papers?

47. Who lend you this book?

48. How many marks does the teacher give you?

IV. Chuyển các câu có 2 tân ngữ sau sang câu bị động

49. They paid me a lot of money to do the job.

50. The teacher gave each of us two exercise books.

51. Someone will tell him that news.

52. They have sent enough money to those poor boys.

53. They have given the women in most countries in the world the right to vote.

V. Chuyển các câu với động từ tường thuật sau sang câu bị động

54. They think that he has died a natural death.

55. Some people believe that 13 is an unlucky number.

56. They say that John is the brightest student in class.

57. They reported that the President had suffered a heart attack.

58. I knew that they had told him of the meeting.

59. They declared that she won the competition.

60. They rumored the man was still living.

61. People think that Jack London’s life and writing’s represent the American love of adventure.

62. They reported that the troops were coming.

63. People believed that the earth stood still.

VI. Chuyển các câu với động từ chỉ nhận thức sau sang câu bị động

64. I have heard her sing this song several times.

65. People saw him steal your car.

66. The teacher is watching the work.

67. He won’t let you do that silly thing again.

68. People don’t make the children work hard.

69. They made him work all day.

70. The detective saw the woman putting the jewelry in her bag.

71. The terrorists made the hostages lie down.

72. Police advise drivers to use an alternative route.

73. She helps me to do all these difficult exercises.

VII. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc

74. Toshico had her car (repair) by a mechanic.

75. Ellen got Marvin (type) her paper.

76. We got our house (paint) last week.

77. Dr Byrd is having the students (write ) a composition.

78. Mark got his transcripts (send) to the university.

79. Maria is having her hair (cut) tomorrow.

80. Will Mr. Brown have the porter (carry) his luggage to his car?

Question Ix: Rewrite Each Sentence, Beginning As Directed So That The Meaning Stays
The Same
1. We must finish the project on time.
-> The project …………………………………………………………………………..
2. The sale of jeans last went up two years ago.
=> The sale of jeans has…………………………………………………………………
3. Why didn’t they encourage the students to join in the volunteer program?
=> Why weren’t.................................................................................................?
4. He often finishes his exercises on time.
=> His exercises…………………………………………………………………………………..
5. People plant rice in those fields.
=> Rice …………………………………………………………………………………..
6. They use cars and trucks to carry food to the market.
=>Cars and trucks ……………………………………………………………………..
7. This boy broke my windows yesterday.
=> My windows………………………………………………………………………..
8. They have known Ke Ga resorts well.
=> Ke Ga resorts……………………………………………………………………..
9. We will met him at the station.
=> He…………………………………………………………………………………..
10. Did you do your English test perfectly?
=> Was your..............................................................................................................................?
11. No one could you help her with her housework.
=> She …………………………………………………………………………………..
12. She is typing her assignment carefully.
=>Her assignment………………………………………………………………..
 Unit 5: ÔN TẬP CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN IF
I / Lý Thuyết
1/ Các loại câu điều kiện
Type Forms Usage
0 If + S + V(s,es), S+ V(s,es)/câu mệnh lệnh
1 If + S + V(s,es), S + Will/Can/shall......+ Vo Đk có thể xảy ra ở tương lai
2 If + S + V2/ Ved, S +would/ Could/ Should...+ Vo Đk không có thật ở hiện tại
3 If + S + Had + V3/Ved, S + would/ could...+ have + Đk không có thật ở quá khứ
V3/Ved
4 If + S + had + V3, S + would + Vo Nguyên nhân qk, kết quả ht
2/ Đảo ngữ của câu điều kiện
a/ Đảo ngữ câu điều kiện loại
1:

Should + S + Vo, S + Will +Vo

ex: If he has free time, he’ll play tennis.
Should he have free time, he’ll play tennis
b/ Đảo ngữ câu điều kiện loại 2:

Were + S + to + Vo, S + Would + Vo

ex: If I learnt Russian, I would read a Russian book.
Were I to learn Russian, I would read a Russian book
c/ Đảo ngữ câu điều kiện loại 3:

Had + S + P2, S + Would have + P2

Ex: If he had trained hard, he would have won the match.
Had he trained hard, he would have won the match.
3/ Viết lại câu điều kiện

Cách chuyển câu điều kiện theo tình huống

Bước 1: Xác định loại của câu Đk:
 Nêú câu dẫn ở hiện tại viết lại câu Đk loại 2
 Nếu câu dẫn ở quá khứ viết lại câu Đk loai 3
Bước 2: Xác định vế nguyên nhân, kết quả
Bước 3: Nếu câu dẫn ở khẳng định thì câu If chuyển sang phủ định và ngược lại
Bước 4: Hoàn thành câu
Eg: 1. I am not clever, so I won’t be a doctor.

2. John was sick because he ate much cake.

cake, he’d not have been sick
4. Các từ có giá trị chỉ điều kiện
Unless= If not
Supposing = IF
Otherwise= If not
Provided that
But for/ Without + N, S + Would have + P2
Ex: But for your help, I Would have failed the exams.
Exercise:
Exercise 1: Using CONDITIONAL sentences type II and III
1. She has a cold now because she went in the rain last night.

2. They left the door open so the thief broke into their house.

3. He is tired because he works twelve hours a day.

4. He didn't study his lessons very carefully, so he gets bad marks now.

5. I didn't have enough money, so I didn't buy that shirt.

……………………………………………………
8. If you don't tell me the reason, I won't leave.

9. If I weren't so tired, I would join you there.

10. Minh isn't here now, so he can't tell you that story.
……………………………………………………………………………………
11. Carol didn’t answer the phone because she was studying.

12. We didn’t know you were in hospital, so we didn’t visit you.

14. Our sources of energy will soon end if other sources are not found.

15. Life on earth will be destroyed if nuclear tests do not stop.

Exercise 2: Choose the most suitable word or phrase.

1. “Would you mind if we you by your first
name?” “Not at all. Please call me Tom.”
A. called B. call C. calling D. want to call
’
2. She can t get home she has no money.
A. unless B. if C. until D. without
3. If I had known your new address, we to see you.
A. came B. will come C. would come D. would have come
4. If we took the 10:30 train, .
A. we would arrive too early B. we should arrive too early
C. we will arrive too early D. we may arrive too early
5. It’s very crowded here. I wish there so many people.
A. aren’t B. weren’t C. haven’t been D. isn’t
6. I wouldn’t go there at night if I you.
A. am B. was C. were D. had been
’
7. If I get a pole, I ll go fishing.
 A. can B. could C. may D. might
8. If they had enough time, they head south.
A. will B. can C. must D. might
9. If you a choice, which country would you visit?
A. have B. had C. have had D. will have
’
10. Trees won t grow _ there is enough water.
A. if B. when C. unless D. as
11. she agreed, you would have done it.
A. If B. Had C. Should D. Would
’
12. If you to be chosen for the job, you ll have to be experienced in the field.
A. want B. wanted C. had wanted D. wants
13. If the doctor had arrived sooner, the boy .
A. might be saved B. have been saved C. was saved D. might have been saved
14. If there _, the rice fields could have been more productive.
A. had been enough water B. were enough water
C. would be enough water D. are enough water
15. The patient could not recover unless he an operation.
A. had undergone B. would undergo
C. underwent D. was undergoing
16. If she him, she would be very happy.
A. would meet B. will meet C. is meeting D. should meet
17. If he a thorough knowledge of English, he could have applied for this post.
A. had had B. had C. has D. has had
18. If I had enough money, I abroad to improve my English.
A. will go B. would go C. should go D. should have to go
’
19. If it convenient, let s go out for a drink tonight.
A. be B. is C. was D. were
20. If you time, please write to me.
A. have B. had C. have had D. has
21. If it tomorrow, we may postpone going on a picnic.
A. rains B. will rain C. shall rain D. raining
’
22. If you hadn t watched that late mivie last night, you sleepy now.
A. wouldn’t have been B. wouldn’t be
C. might have not been D. wouldn’t have been being
23. If you as I told you, you sorry now.
A. did- would not be B. had done- had not been
C. do – would not be D. had done – would not be
24. If only I him now.
A. see B. saw C. have seen D. seen
25. If I , I’ll let you know.
A. am staying B. will stay C. do stay D. would stay
26. If only I you wanted to invest money in business.
A. had known B. knew C. have known D. know
27. Linda wishes she her car.
A. hasn’t sold B. hadn’t sold C. doesn’t sell D. won’t sell
28. He looked frightened as if he a ghost.
A. had seen B. saw C. would see D. was seeing
29. I wish it a holiday today.
A. were B. will be C. is D. had been
30. “My car broke down when I was leaving Detroit and I had to take the bus. “ , we would
have picked you up.”
A. Had we known B. If we have known C. We had known D. If we did know
 31. If I as young as you are, I in a boat round the world.
A. were- would sail B. would be – would sail
C. were- will sail D. would- would sail
32. If he tickets yesterday, he on the beach now.
A . had booked- would be lying B. had booked- would have lied
C. booked – would lie D. books- will lie
33. If you less last night, you so bad today.
A. had drunk- would not have felt B. drank- would not feel
C. had drunk- would not feel D. would have drunk- would not feel
34. It seemed as if he _ of it before.
A. would never hear B. has never heard
C. never heard D. had never heard
35. today, she would get home by Friday.
A. Would she leave B. Was she leaving
C. Were she to leave D. If she leaves
36. “He’s a very brave man.” “Yes, I wish I his courage.”
A. have B. had C. will have D. would have
37. he hard last year, he would have lost the first prize.
A. Hadn’t – studied B. Had- studied C. Didn’t study D. If – had studied
’
38. We re going to be late if .
A. we not leave right now B. we didn’t leave right now
C. we won’t leave right now D. we don’t leave right now
39. “I wish this city so noisy.” “I know. I wish we in the countryside.”
A. isn’t – live B. wasn’t – live C. weren’t- live D. weren’t – lived
40. He acted as though he for days.
A. not eat B. hasn’t eaten C. hadn’t eaten D. didn’t eat
’
41. We the game if we d had a few more minutes.
A. might have won B. Won C. had won D. will win
42. I William with me if I had known you and he didn’t get along with each other.
A. hadn’t brought B. didn’t bring
C. wouldn’t have brought D. won’t bring
’
43. If you to my advice in the first place, you wouldn t be in this mess right now.
A. listen B. will listen C. had listened D. listened
44. interested in that subject, I would try to learn more about it.
A. Were I B. Should I C. I was D. If I am
45. I you sooner had someone told me you were in the hospital.
A. would have visited B. visited
C. had visited D. visit
46. then what I know today, I would have saved myself a lot of time and trouble over
the years.
A. Had I knownB. Did I know C. If I know D. If I would know
47. Do you think there would be less conflict in the world if all people the same language?
A. spoke B. speak C. had spoken D. will speak
48. Unless you all of my questions, I can’t do anything to help you.
A. answered B. answer C. would answer D. are answering
49. Had you told me that this was going to happen, I it.
A. would never have believed B. don’t believe
C. hadn’t believed D. can’t believe
Phần 1. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc với câu điều kiện loại 1
1/ If I (study)..............................., I (pass)......................................the exams.
2/ If the sun (shine)………………, we (walk)….............................into town.
3/ If he (have)………………….. a temperature, he (see)…..........................the doctor.
4/ If my friends (come)…………….., I (be)…............................................very happy.
5/ If she (earn)……………….. a lot of money, she (fly).................................to New York.
6/ If we (travel)……………….. to Hanoi, we (visit)…................................the museums.
7/ If you (wear)………….. sandals in the mountains, you (slip)…....................on the rocks.
8/ If Giang (forget) ………….her homework, the teacher (give).................her a low mark.
9/ If they (go)…………………….. to the disco, they (listen)…..............................to loud music.
10/ If you (wait)……………………….. a minute, I (ask)........................................my parents.
Phần 2. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc với câu điều kiện loại 2
1/ If I (come)…………………………. home earlier, I (prepare)….............................dinner.
2/ If we (live)………………………. in HCMC, my boyfriend (visit)..............................us.
3/ If Tung and Thanh (be)………………. older, they (play).................in our football team.
4/ If he (be) ……………my friend, I (invite)........................him to my birthday party.
5/ If Xuan (study)……………………… harder, she (be)…..........................better at school.
6/ If they (have)………………….. enough money, they (buy)….........................a new car.
7/ If you (do)………………… a paper round, you (earn)............................a little extra money.
8/ If Minh (get) …………….more pocket money, he (ask).....................Lam out for dinner.
9/ If we (win)…………………… the lottery, we (fly)..............................to London.
10/ If I (meet) ……………..Brad Pitt, I (ask)….....................for his autograph.
Phần 3. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc với câu điều kiện loại 3
1/ If the weather (be)…………………….. nice, they (play).............................football.
2/ If we (go) ……………….to a good restaurant, we (have)….................a better dinner.
3/ If An (learn) …………………more words, he (write)…..........................a good report.
4/ If the boys (take) ………….the bus to school, they (arrive)......................on time.
5/ If the teacher (explain) ……………….the homework, I (do)............................it.
6/ If they (wait)…… for another 10 minutes, they (see)..........................the pop star.
7/ If the police (come)…………. earlier, they (arrest)…..................the burglar.
8/ If you (buy) ……………….fresh green vegetable, your salad (taste)…................better.
9/ If Alex (ask)………………………….. me, I (email).........................the documents.
10/ If he (speak)……………….. more slowly, Peggy (understand)…....................him.
Phần 4. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc
1/ If we meet at 9:30, we (have).........................plenty of time.
2/ Lisa would find the milk if she (look)......................................in the fridge.
3/ The zookeeper would have punished her with a fine if she (feed)…..................the animals.
4/ If you spoke louder, your classmates (understand)…..........................................you.
5/ Dan (arrive)....................................safe if he drove slowly.
6/ You (have)....................................no trouble at school if you had done your homework.
7/ If you (swim)..............................in this lake, you’ll shiver from cold.
8/ The door will unlock if you (press)…..............................the green button.
9/ If Mel (ask)….................................her teacher, he’d have answered her questions.
10/ I (call) ………………………the office if I (be).....................................you.
11/ If they (listen)........................................carefully, they might hear the woodpecker.
12/ If I had lain down on the sofa, I (fall).............................asleep.
13/ Ngoc could have worked as a model if she (be).................................taller.
14/ The soil (not/dry out)...............................if you water the plants regularly.
15/ If you (give)................................the young boy this stick, he’d hurt himself.
16/ We (not/take).............................the wrong tram if Dung had asked the policewoman.
17/ If the cat hides in the tree, the dog (not/find)..............................it.
18/ The students would have solved the problem if they (use.....................their textbooks.
19/ If he washed his feet more often, his girlfriend (visit)......................him more often.
20/ Manh (read)…..................................the newspaper if he went by train.
Question II. Choose the best answer A , B , C or D
1/If I......................a lot of money now, I..................a new car.
A. have /will buy B. have / would buy C. had/ will buy D. had/ would
buy. 2/ If I ……………you, I.........................do that.
A. am/ will B. were /would
C. were / will D. had been/ would.
3/ If I were offered the job, I think I...............................................it.
A. take B. will take C. would take D. would have
taken. 4/ I would be very surprised if he…………………….…………..
A. refuses B. refused C. had refused D. would
refuse. 5/ Many people would be out of work if that factory..down.
A. closes B. had closed C. closed D. would
close. 6/ If she sold her car, she.............................much money.
A. gets B. would get C. will get D. would have
got. 7/ They would be disappointed if we………………………………….
A. hadn’t come B. wouldn’t come C. don’t come D. didn’t
come. 8/ Would John be angry if I..........................his bicycle without asking?
A. take B. took C. had taken D. would
take. 9/ She..........................terribly upset if I lost this ring.
 A. will be B. would be C. were D. had
been. 10/ If someone......in here with a gun, I would be very frightened.
A. would walk B. walks C. had walked D. walked.
11/ What would happen if you......................to work tomorrow?
A. don’t go B. didn’t go C. won’t go D. wouldn’t
go. 12/ We ‘ll get wet if we............................................out.
A. go B. did go C. went D. had
gone. 13/ If I go shopping, I............................some food.
A. buy B. will buy C. would buy D. would have
bought. 14/ If I find it, I.................................you.
A. will tell B. would tell C. had told D. told.
15/ What would you do if you…...............a million dollars?
A. would win B. win C. had won D. won.
16/ If we took the 6: 30 train, we...............................................too early.
A. would arrived B. arrived C. will arrived D. would
arrive. 17/ You won’t pass the examination…....you study more.
A. as long as B. unless C. if D. whether.
18/ If I were in your place, I.....................................a trip to England.
A. will make B. had made C. made. D. would
make. 19/ If I................................you , I’d save some of your lottery winning.
A. be B. were C. am D. was
20/ If I had enough money, I.................................abroad to improve my English.
A. will go B. should go C. would go D. should have go
to 21/ If it........................convenient, let’s go out for a drink tonight.
A. be B. was C. were D. is
22/ If you............................time, please write to me.
A. have B. have had C. had D. has
23/ If you had the chance,..................................................you go finishing?
A. did B. would C. may D. do
24/ Trees won’t grow.....................................there is enough water.
A. if B. when C. unless D. as
25/ If you stay up late the previous night, you..............sleepy the next morning.
A. feel B. to feel C. feels D. will feel
26/ If Peter............................., Sarah will be sad because she wants to meet him very much
A. comes B. do not come C. does not come D. will come
27/ If you…...................................Tom , tell him I have a message for him.
A. will meet B. would meet C. meet D. met
28/ If you................too hot during the night , turn down the central heating.
A. will feel B. felt C. feel D. feels.
29/ If you.................................with your dictionary, I ‘d like to borrow it.
A. finish B. finished C. will finish D. are finishing
30/ Would John be angry if I....................................his bicycle without asking?
A. take B. took C. had taken D. would take.

III. Bài Tập Nâng cao

1/ If the weather is nice, they will play football.
=> Unless………………………………………………………………………….
2/ If we had gone to a good restaurant, we would have had a better dinner.
=> Unless………………………………………………………………………….
3/ If An learnt more words, he would have written a good report.
=> Unless………………………………………………………………………….
4/ If the boys took the bus to school, they would have arrived on time.
=> Unless………………………………………………………………………….
5/ If the teacher had explained the homework, I could have done it.
=> Unless………………………………………………………………………….
6/ If they had waited for another 10 minutes, they would have seen the pop star.
=> Unless………………………………………………………………………….
7/ If the police come earlier, they would arrest the burglar.
=> Unless………………………………………………………………………….
8/ If you buy fresh green vegetables, your salad will taste better.
=> Unless………………………………………………………………………….
9/ If Alex asked me, I would email the documents.
=> Unless………………………………………………………………………….
10/ If he speaks more slowly, Peggy will understand him.
=> Unless………………………………………………………………………….
 UNIT 6: REPORTED SPEECH
1. Lý Thuyết
Đề Bài Cho REPORTED SPEECH (Câu gián tiếp)

A. Statement (câu xác định)+ said

+ said to + somebody
Ex: He said to me. “I am fine.”
SAID (that)
TOLD + somebody + (that)
=> He told me (that! he was fine. .

B. Command (Câu mênh lệnh)

TOLD
+ Mệnh lệnh khẳng định : Said thêm TO + V-bare
+ Mệnh lệnh phủ định : DON’T + V-bare thêm NOT TO + V-bare

Ex: The teacher said to me. “Open your books.” => The teacher told me to open my books.

Ex: He said to me, “Don’t talk in class.” => He told me not to talk in class.

C. Question (câu hỏi)

1. YES-NO question :
+ said to/told + somebody
ASKED + somebody
Ex: He said to me. “Do you like pop music?”
He asked me if I liked pop music.

S + asked + O + IF/ WHETHER +

S+ V

2. WH - question : Đổi theo thì

Ex: He said to her, “Who are you”? He asked her who she was
S + asked + O + what + S + V
where
when Đổi theo
thì

* Notes: Khi đổi sang reported speech cần lưu ý :

1. Bỏ tất cả các dấu trong cẩu (?), (“ “), (!)
2. Bỏ PLEASE trong câu mệnh lệnh.
3. Đổi các tinh từ, trạng từ hoặc cụm từ chỉ nơi chốn, thời gian :
this -> that
these -> those
here -> there
now -> then
today -> that day
tonight -> that night
tomorrow -> the day after (the following day)
ago -> before
yesterday -> the day before (the previous day)
next week / month / year -> the following week / month / year
last week / month / year -> the previous week / month / year

1. Đổi thì của động từ theo công thức sau :

ĐỀ BÀI CHO REPORTED SPEECH

+ Present simple => Past simple

V / Vs-es V2-ed
+ Past simple => Past-perfeet.
V2-ed had + V3-ed
+ Present perfect => Past-perfeet.
Have / has + V3 - ed had + V3-ed

+ Present => Past progressive

progressive
was / were + V“ing
am / is / are + V- + Modal verbs
ing would + V-bare
+ Modal verbs could + V-bare
will + V-bare might + V-bare
can + V-bare must/had to + V-bare
may + V-bare
must + V-bare

5. Đổi các đại đại từ nhân xưng, tính từ sở hữu cho phù hợp.
6. Khi động từ ở mệnh đề chính (trước dấu ngoặc kép) là thì Present simple, Present
progressive, Present perfect hoặc Future simple -> thì động từ trong câu trực tiếp không
được đổi.
Ex: Thanh Mai says, “I’m tired.”
=> Thanh Mai says (that) she is tired.
7. Khi câu trực tiếp diễn đạt một sự thật hoặc chân lý (general truth) -> không được đổi
thì trong câu trực tiếp.
Ex: The teacher said, “The earth moves .around the sun”
=> The teacher said (that) the earth moves around the sun.
Exercise Practice
I. Change the following statements into reported speech.
1. “I have something to show you.”, I said to her.
=> ………………………………………………………………………………….
2. “Nothing grows in my garden.”, she said.
=> ………………………………………………………………………………….
3. “I’m going away tomorrow, Mum.” he said to her mother.
=> ………………………………………………………………………………….
4. “It isn’t so foggy today.”, I remarked.
=> ………………………………………………………………………………….
5. “We have a car but very often it doesn’t work.”, they said.
=> ………………………………………………………………………………….
6. “I can see the Eiffel Tower from one of the windows of my flat.”, he said.
=> ………………………………………………………………………………….
7. “I’ve no idea what the time is but I’ll dial 108 and find out.”, said his daughter.
=> ………………………………………………………………………………….
8. He said, “My wife will make lemon juice”.
=> ………………………………………………………………………………….
9. “I’ll come with you as soon as I am ready.”, she replied.
=> ………………………………………………………………………………….
10. “We like working on Sundays because we get double pay”, explained the builders.
=> ………………………………………………………………………………….
11. “You must do your homework everyday.” said Mai’ mother.
=> ………………………………………………………………………………….
12. “I grow these carrots myself.” Nam said to me.
=> ………………………………………………………………………………….
13. “Nga may stay at home today.” Lan said.
=> ………………………………………………………………………………….
14. “I won’t be home this evening because I have to work late.” Mr. Pike said.
=> ………………………………………………………………………………….
15. “I don’t know where Ann today.” said Marry.
=> ………………………………………………………………………………….
II. Nga registered for an English course. She and the sectary both asked a lot of
questions. Now Nga told you about them. Report all these questions.
A. Yes-No question
1. “Are you a student?”
She asked me…………………………………………………………….
2. “Can you speak any foreign language?”
She asked…………………………………………..
3. “Do you want to take part in this course?”
She asked………………………………………….
4. “Do you have any English friends?”
She asked…………………………………………..
5. “Do you have any certificate?”
She asked……………………………………………
6. “Will you be to England in the future?”
She asked………………………………………….
7. “Do you like English songs?
She asked………………………………………….
8. “Are you going to take the level exam this weekend?”
She asked………………………………..
9. “May you book the course fee now?”
She asked……………………………………………
10. “Do you have a phone number?”
She asked…………………………………………….
B. Wh-question
1. “What’s your name?” she asked me
……………………………………………………………..
2. “What school are you going to?” she asked me
...............................................................................................
3. “How many language can you speak?” she asked me
……………………………………………………………...
4. “Why do you want to take the course?” she asked me
………………………………………………………………
5. “How do you hear about the course?” she asked me
……………………………………………………………
6. “How long does the course take?”
I asked…………………………………………………
7. “How much are the course fees?”
 I asked………………………………………………….
8. When will the course begin?”
I asked…………………………………………………..
9. “Who will be the teacher of the course?”
I asked……………………………………………………
10. “What time does the classes start and end?”
I asked…………………………………………………….
III. Change the following statements into reported speech.
1. “Is a return ticket cheaper than two singles?” said my uncle.

2. “Do puppies travel free?” asked a dog owner.

3. “Can I bring my dog into the plan with me?” she asked.

4. “Does this train stop at York?” asked Bill.

5. “Can you telephone from inter – city trains?” said businessman.

6. “Does the 2.40 train have a business room?” he enquired.

7. “Can you get coffee on the train?” asked my aunt.

8. “Do they bring it round on a trolley?” she said.

9. “Are there smoking compartments?” said the man with the pipe.

10. “Do you book a seat?” I asked him.

11. “Can I sit here?” asked Bob.

12. “Do you want to buy any second hand books?” said Bill.

13. “May Tom leave late today?” asked Janet.

14. “Do you play rugby?” said Brown.

15.“Will you have time to play regularly?” he went on.

IV. Change these following statements into reported speech.

1. “What will happen to Mr. Atkins?” said one of the men.

2. “Which country do you come from?” asked the officer.

3. “Who is going to live in the big house?” enquired a third.

4. “What will happen to his race horse?” asked someone else.

5. “How long are you staying here?” asked Helen.

6. “What do you ythink of the canteen coffee?” said Bill.

7. “Who is pay for the meal next week?” he asked us.

8. “Who will be umpiring that match?” asked Tom.

9. “Who wants a lift home?” said Alice.

10. “What soft drinks do you like?” I asked Marry.

11. “Where is the ticket office?” asked Mr Atkin.

12. “What platform does the train leave from?” asked Bob.

13. “ When does it arrive in York?” he asked.

14. “When does it return?” I asked.

15. “Why does the ticket price rice?” said Mary.

V. Complete the sentences by changing directed speech into reported speech.

1. I asked Mary, “Are you planning to enter law shool?”
=> I asked Marry.......................................to enter law school.
2. Fred just asked me, “What time does the movie begin?”
=> Fred wants to know ………………………………… .
3. Ben asked, “Can we still get tickets for the concert?”
=> Ben asked.............................tickets for the concert.
4. Tom said to us, “How can I help you?”
=> Tom wants to know..........................................us.
5. Janet asked, “Can you help me, John”.
=> Janet asked John.......................................Her.
6. All of the farmers are asking, “when is this terrible drought going to end?”
=> All of the farmers are wondering.....................................to end.
7. Bill asked me, “What time do I have to be at the laboratory in the morning?”
=> Bill asked me...............................to be at the laboratory in the morning.\
8. Ben asked, “ Who should I give the message to?”
=> Ben asked me …………………………………. .
9. Our tour guide said to us, “We’ll be leaving around 8:00 o’clock in the morning.”
=> Our tour guide told us.........................................around 8:00 o’clock in the morning.
10. Mary asked me, “Why didn’t you call me?”
 => Marry ……………….……………………………….. ………..
VI. Put the following statements into reported speech.
1. “What country do you come from?” said Bill.

2. “How long are you staying here?” said Alice.

3. “Are you working as well as studying?” asked Peter.

4. “How many language can you speak?” Bill wanted to know.

5. “What are you going to study?” asked Jane.

6. “Do you like to play for your school team?” said Fred.

7. “Are you interested in acting?” asked Paula.

8. “Do you like to join our Drama Group?” she said.

9. “What do you think about this film?” asked Henry.

10. “How can I get from the station to the airport?” said Kerry.
 Unit 7: GERUND- INFINITIVE
I / Lý Thuyết
1/ Những động từ theo sau là V-ing
admit (thừa nhận)
quit: từ bỏ
suggest (đề nghị)
forgive
risk : liều lĩnh
recall (gợi lại,nhớ
avoid (tránh)
lại) continue
give up (bỏ)
keep : tiếp tục
recollect (hồi tưởng lại)
save
appreciate (đánh giá cao)
deny (phủ nhận )
hate (ghét)
like / love / hate / enjoy / dislike + V-ing :
regret (hối tiếc ,ân hận)
sở thích
consider (cho là ,xem là)
imagine = fancy (tưởng tượng )
resist ( ghịu được, chống lại)
mention (đề cập ,nói
đến) start / begin
delay (trì hoãn)
mind (phản đối,phiền)
support (ủng hộ)
detest = dislike : ko
thích mean (invole)
understand
discuss (talk about)
miss (nhớ /bỏ lỡ)
spend
dread: sợ)
prefer (thích hơn)

enjoy (thưởng thức)

prevent (ngăn)
escape (trốn thoát)
postpone = put off (trì
hoãn) finish (hoàn thành)
2/ Những thành ngữ theo sau là V-ing:
- can’t help = can’t bear = can’t stand = can’t resist (không thể chịu được)
- it is no good / it is no use (vô ích / không có ích)
- there’s no point in …
- What’s the point of…
- would you mind + V-ing ? (xin ông làm ơn…)
- do you mind + V-ing ? (bạn có phiền không…)
- have trouble (lo lắng, phiền muộn)
- there is no… (không còn cách)
- be use to = get used to = be accustomed to : quen / thích nghi với…
- Have a good time: vui vẻ
- Have a hard time = have difficulty : gặp khó khăn
- S + prefer + V-ing + to + V-ing : thích làm việc gì hơn việc gì khác
-
Adjectives + gerund:
Be busy + V-ing (bận rộn)
be worth + V-ing (đáng ,xứng đáng)
3/ Giới từ :
Be interested in (thích thú)
think about (nghĩ về)
apologize for (xin lỗi về)
Insist on (khăng khăng về)
talk about (nói về)
instead of (thay vì)
Be accustomed to
look forward to ( mong đợi )
be familiar with
be / get used to quen /thích nghi với
4/ Những động từ theo sau là To Infinitive
decide to (quyết định)
pretend to (giả
vờ) would like to
hope to (hi vọng)
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 47
expect to (mong chờ)
be able to
want to
mean to (muốn)
be willing to ( sẵn sàng)
need to
try to (cố gắng)
be going to
ask to
fail to (rớt)
manage to ( xoay sở)
demand to (yêu cầu)…
deserve to (xứng đáng)
volunteer to
agree to (đồng ý)
struggle to ( đấu tranh)
appear to
consent to (đồng ý)
offer to (cung cấp/ cống hiến) warn
to refuse to (từ chối)
plan to (dự định)
intend to
beg to (cầu xin)
care to (quan tâm)
swear to (thề)
hestiate to (do dự)
afford to (đủ khả năng)
learn to ( học)
begin /
start
continue
seem to
- like / love / prefer : dùng để diễn tả việc thích hoặc muốn làm 1 việc gì đó vào 1 thời điểm cụ thể
nào đó.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 48
to (đòi hỏi, thỉnh cầu)

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 49
threaten to (đe dọa)
promise to (hứa)
Verb +O +To-infinitive:
Want s.o to
encourage s.o to
Need s.o to
remind s.o to
ask s.o to (hỏi , nhờ)
invite s.o to
Would like s.o to
permit s.o to
advise s.o to (khuyên)
allow s.o to
tell s.o to (bảo)
warn s.b to (cảnh báo)
request s.o to (yêu cầu);
order s.o to (ra lệnh)
require s.o to (đòi hỏi)
force s.o to
order s.o to (ra lệnh).
Ex: She advises me to leave here early.
Những động từ theo sau là To Vo và V-ing
1/ REGRET + To Vo: tiếc sẽ làm gì / REGRET + V-ing: tiếc đã làm gì
REMEMBER + To Vo: nhớ sẽ làm gì / REMEMBER +V-ing: nhớ đã làm gì
FORGET+ To Vo: quên sẽ phải làm gì / FORGET + V-ing: quên đã phải làm
2/ STOP + To Vo: dừng lại để làm gì / STOP +V-ing: ngưng, chấm dứt
3/ TRY+ To Vo: cố gắng làm gì / TRY +V-ing: thử làm gì
4/ MEAN+ To Vo : muốn làm gì / MEAN + V-ing: nghĩa là gì
6/ ADVISE/ PERMIT/ ALLOW + V-ing: khuyên / cho phép làm gì
ADVISE/ PERMIT/ ALLOW + Object + To Vo
7/ LIKE + to Vo : muốn làm gì/ Like + V-ing : thích
8/ Động từ chỉ giác quan : see, hear, smell, notice, watch, feel, observe...
+ To Vo: thói quen : ex : I see birds to fly south in winter.
+ Vo : hành động đã kết thúc : Ex: I saw her get in the car and drive away.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 50
+ V-ing : đang diễn ra Ex: I saw him cooking in the kitchen.
II. EXERCISE
Exercise 1:
1. Tom regrets ................( spend ) too much time.................( play ) computer games .
2. Students stopped ( make )................................noise when the teacher came in .
3. He’ll try ( not make)...................................... the same mistake again.
4. Would you mind ( turn ).......................................... off the radio ?
5. When you see Tom, remember ( give ).................................... him my regards.
6. They postponed (build ).............................. an elementary school for lack of finance.
7. It’s no use (advise)................... him. He never allows anybody (give)........................advice.
8. Is there anything here worth ( buy )....................................?
9. We missed (watch ) ............................. a football match last night . 10.
The principal tells him....................................(come ) in .
11. My parents decided ( take ) .......................... a taxi because it was late.
12. Do you agree ( lend ).....................................me some money ?
13. Tom refused (give)........................me his address .
14. You’ll be able ( do )............................it yourself when you are older .
15. I didn’t know how ( get ).................. to your house , so I stopped ( ask )...........the way .
16. We found it very difficult ( reach ).........................a decision .
17. I will remember ( give )...................Mr. Brown your message.
18. She remembers ( be )...........................taken to the zoo by her mother .
19. Do you feel like ( go ).................. to the concert or would you like ( stay ).........at home ?
20. My family is considering (take) .................... a trip to the USA next year.
21. The police didn’t permit ( camp )......................in this wood for security reasons .
22. We don’t allow people ( smoke ) ............................ in the lecture room.
23. The teacher advised ( review)...................... the grammatical structures carefully .
24. He’ s used to ( go ) ....................... on foot to work .
25. We get used to ( work )..............................on Sundays .
26. She is looking forward to ( see ).........................her friends .
27. Sometimes students avoid ( look ).................... at the teacher if they don’t want.....................(answer
) a question.
28. You should try ( wear ) ........................ any shirts you want to buy.
29. The teacher recommends us ...................( prepare) the lessons well before ( come) .........to class.
30. There are people can’t help (laugh)...................at his jokes.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 51
31. He went to bed without.......................(lock) the doors .
32. They don’t have enough patience.......................( wait ) for him .
33. Gravity makes water (r u n ).................................downhill.
34. This man let me ............................... (use ) his phone yesterday.
35. Are we allowed..................... (go ) out with Tom ?
36. The teller was made ................................. (raise ) his hands .
37. Mary was advised (stay )..................................out of the crowd .
38. She prefers ...............................( eat ) to............................( prepare ) meals .
39. When the rainy season comes , you need...................... ( repair ) the roof of the house .
40. The flowers need ( water ) ................... but you needn’t.....................( water ) them
now.
Exercise 2
1. I hope.............................( have) a job.
2. Try to avoid.............................( make) him angry.
3. He is thinking of.......................( leave) his job.
4. Please let me.................................( know) your decision.
5. It’s no use................................( wait)
6. I hate...........................( see) a child cry.
7. Gravity keeps the Moon ..................( travel) around the Earth instead of.............( shoot) off into
the space.
8. It’s difficult.............................( get) used to getting up early.
9. Stop...................................(argue) and start.........................( work).
10. I’d like...........................( have ) a look at your new car.
11. I’m looking forward...........................( see) you again.
12. Would you mind............................( not touch( the wire.
13. I’m sorry.................................( disappoint) you.
14. He told me.................................( sign) a paper admitting his guilt.
15. I don’t enjoy...........................( go) to the dentist.
16. I forget...................................( meet) you.
17. Don’t forget.....................................( give) her my regards.
18. He promised.......................................( not go) to school late.
19. They practise.....................................( speaking) English every day.
20. They find it is very difficult..............................( understand) her.
21. My daughter likes..................................( drink) milk.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 52
22. The teacher asked us....................................( write) the exercises.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 53
23. My father gave up..............................( smoke) 12 years ago.
24. She refused................................( answer) my questions.
25. He suggests.................................( go) on a trip.
26. They agree....................................( camp) in that field.
27. They didn’t want me...............................( buy) that old house.
28. He regrets.................................( spend ) too much on computer.
29. I regret...............................( say ) that you got bad points.
30. The doctor advised me.................................( do) exercise every morning.
Exercise 3
1. I’m not in a hurry. I don’t mind…....................( wait ) for you.
2. My father gave up..................................( smoke ) three years ago.
3. Would you mind ……………..( keep ) silent ? I’m trying........................( study ).
4. I always try to avoid…...................( borrow ) money from my friends.
5. The traffic was very heavy this morning, but I managed...............( get ) to school on time.
6. Could you please stop..................................( make ) so much noise ?
7. I’ve put off........................( write ) the letter so many times. I really must do it today.
8. Sarah gave up ………( try ) to find a job in this country and decided……( go )
abroad. 9. You can’t stop me..........( do ) what I want.
10. They don’t have much money. They can’t afford.....................( go ) out very often.
11. My mother can’t stand…................( stay ) at home without doing anything.
12. How long have you been able…...............................(swim), John ?
13. You must promise….............................( not / be ) late again.
14. When I saw her in that funny hat, I couldn’t help…...........................( laugh).
15. They refused…..........................( lend ) him the money although he needed it badly.
16. Please, don’t forget………………( post ) the letter for me today ! It’s urgent.
26. However, she did not plan….......................( be ) a secretary all her life.
27. But she couldn’t imagine..................( do ) the same job for years and years.
28. The only thing that prevented her from…....( study ) law was a lack of time and money.
29. She often remembered.......................( talk ) to her father before he became ill.
30. You must remember.....................( buy ) some sugar. We haven’t got any now.
31. Did you remember….................( post ) the letter for me this morning ?
32. Don’t forget…..............( wake ) me up before six o’clock tomorrow.
33. I am looking forward to....................................(see) you.
34. He is tired of......................................( walk ) to school.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 54
35. I arranged.................................(meet) them here.
36. He urged us......................................(work) faster.
37. I wish…........................................(see) the manager.
38. It's no use.....................................(wait).
39. He warned her….................................(not touch) the wire.
40. Don't forget….....................(lock) the door before (go) to bed.
41. My mother told me..................................(not speak) to anyone about it.
42. He tried….........................................(explain) but she refused (listen).
43. At dinner she annoyed me by.....................................(smoke) between the courses.
44. You are expected..........................(know) the safety regulations of the college.
45. That was a very strange question….........................(ask)
46. It was very kind of you.........................................(show) the way.
47. I overheard him.....................................(say) that he didn’t want to learn Math.
48. I don’t remember (tell).............of the decision to change the company policy on vacations.
49. Ms. Drake expects (consult).............about any revisions in her manuscript before it is printed.
50. Tommy admitted (throw).......................the rock through the window.
51. Most people enjoy (travel)............................to different parts of the world.
52. May I change the TV channel, or do you want (watch)....................more of this programme?
53. That was a very strange question (ask) ........................... .
54. It was very kind of you (show)............................the way.
55. The teacher let him (stay)......................at home to finish the assignment.
56. It was quite a surprise (see)...............................him again.
57. I overheard him (say)......................that he didn’t want to learn Math.
58. She stood there and watched him (drive)...............................away.
59. It was very difficult for her (drive)............................the motorbike.
60. I could feel the robber (come)..............................from the backdoor.
61. It is easy (see)..........................animals on the road in daylight.
62. I asked him (explain) ..................... but he refused (say)......................any thing.
63. It is pleasant (sit)............................by the fire at night.
64. There was no way of (get)........ out of the building except by (climb)............down a rope.
65. It’s no good (write).......................to him; he never answers letters.
66. Ask him (come) ................... in. Don’t keep him (stand)............................at the door.
67. We watched the children (jump) ............. from a window and (fall)...........into a blanket held by
people below.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 55
68. It is very pleasant (wake) ............... up and (hear) .............. the rain (beat).................on the
windows.
69. They denied…..........................the money. ( steal )
70. I can’t afford...................out tonight. I haven’t got enough money. ( go )
Exercise 4
1. They arrived home late. ( he saw )
=>……………………………………………………………………………
2 . She didn’t want to stay there fore the weekend. ( They made her )
=>……………………………………………………………………………
3. The teacher allowed me to stay at home to finish the assignment. ( The teacher let )
=>……………………………………………………………………………
4. The boy ran away from the house. ( She noticed )
=>………………………………………………………………………………
5. He said that he didn’t want to learn Math. ( I overhear )
=>……………………………………………………………………………
6 . The policeman told the thief to empty his pockets. ( The police made )
=>………………………………………………………………………
7. He left the house early this morning. ( I heard )
=>……………………………………………………………………
8. He drove away. ( She stood there and watched )
=>…………………………………………………………………
9. The robber came from the back door. ( I could feel )
=>…………………………………………………………………
10 . The policeman told the thief to empty his pockets. ( The police made )
=>………………………………………………………………………
11. He left the house early this morning. ( I heard )
=>……………………………………………………………………
12. He drove away. ( She stood there and watched )
=>…………………………………………………………………
13. The robber came from the back door. ( I could feel )
=>…………………………………………………………………
14. He drove away. ( She stood there and watched )
=>…………………………………………………………………

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 56
UNIT 8: RELATIVE CLAUSE
I / Lý Thuyết
WHO : dùng thế cho chủ từ - ngừoi
WHOM : dùng thế cho túc từ - ngừoi
WHICH : dùng thế cho chủ từ lẫn túc từ -
vật WHEN :dùng thế cho thời gian
WHERE :dùng thế cho nơi chốn
THAT :dùng thế cho tất cả các chữ trên ( có 2 ngoại lệ xem phần dưới )
WHOSE :dùng thế cho sở hửu ,người / vật
OF WHICH :dùng thế cho sở hửu vật
WHY :dùng thế cho lý do ( reason /cause )
WHOSE : dùng cả cho người và vật
Ex: This is the book. Its cover is nice
-> This is the book whose cover is nice .
-> This is the book the cover of which is nice
WHOSE :đứng trứoc danh từ
OF WHICH : đứng sau danh từ ( danh từ đó phải thêm THE )
OF WHICH : chỉ dùng cho vật ,không dùng cho
người. Ex: This is the man . His son is my friend.
-> This is the man the son of which is my friend.( incorrect )
-> This is the man whose son is my friend.( corect)
Note: Các trường hợp sau đây thường phải dùng ‘that’
a. Khi cụm từ đứng trước vừa là danh từ chỉ người và vật
He told me about the places and people that he had seen in London
b. Sau các tính từ so sánh hơn nhất, first và last
This is the most interesting film that I’ve ever seen.
Moscow is the finest city that she’s ever visited.
That is the last letter that he wrote.
She was the first person that broke the silence.
c. Sau các từ all, only (duy nhất) và very (chính là)
All that he can say is this.
I bought the only book that they had.
You’re the very man that I would like to see.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 57
d. Sau các đại từ bất định
He never says anything that is worth listening to.
I’ll tell you something that is very interesting.
II. EXERCISE
Exercise 1:
1. She is the most intelligent woman. I’ve ever met this woman.

2. This doctor is famous. You visited him yesterday.

3. These children are orphans. She is taking care of these children.

4. The two young men are not good persons. You are acquainted with them.

5. My father goes swimming every day. You met him this morning.

6. The man is my father. I respect this man most.

7. The man is my father. I respect his opinion most.

8. Mary and Margaret are twins. You met them yesterday.

9. I’ll introduce you to the man. His support is necessary for your project.

10. The middle-aged man is the director. My father is talking to him.

11. The boy is my cousin. You make fun of him.

12. The student is from china. He sits next to me.

13. I thanked the woman. This woman had helped me.

14. The professor is excellent. I am taking his course.

15. Mr. Smith said he was too busy to speak to me. I had come to see him.

16. I saw a lot of people and horses. They went to market.

17. Tom has three sisters. All of them are married.

18. I recently went back to Paris. It is still as beautiful as a pearl.

19. I recently went back to Paris. I was born in Paris nearly 50 years ago.

20. Do you know the music? It is being played on the radio.

21. You didn’t tell us the reason. We have to cut down our daily expenses for that reason.

22. The day was rainy. She left on that day.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 58

23. I’ve sent him two letters. He has received neither of them.

24. That man is an artist. I don’t remember the man’s name.

25. One of the elephants had only one tusk. We saw these elephants at the zoo.

26. That car belongs to Dr. Clark. Its engine is very good.

27. You sent me a present. Thank you very much for it.

28. This is Mrs. Jones. Her son won the championship last year.

29. Rod Lee has won an Oscar. I know his sister.

30. Is this the style of hair? Your wife wants to have it.

31. A man answered the phone. He said Tom was out.

32. 7.05 is the time. My plane arrives then.

33. Max isn’t home yet. That worries me.

34. Do you know the building? The windows of the building are painted green.
Exercise 2: fill in the blank with the suitable relative pronoun
1. Let me see all the letters you have written.
2. Is there any one can help me do this?
3. Mr. Brown, _ is only 34, is the director of this company.
4. I know a place roses grow in abundance.
5. It was the nurse told me to come in.
6. The teacher with , we studied last year no longer teaches in our school.
7. They showed me the hospital buildings had been destroyed by US bombings.
8. We saw many soldiers and tanks were moving to the front.
9. Dr. Fleming, discovered penicillin, was awarded the Nobel Prize for medicine in 1945.
10. He joined the political party was in power.
11. Love, is a wonderful feeling, comes to everyone at some time in his life.
12. Freedom is something for millions have given their lives.
13. It is easy to find faults in people we dislike.
14. The really happy people are those enjoy their daily work.
15. We must find a time we can meet and a place we can talk.
Exercise 3: Rút gọn
1. Do you know the woman who is coming towards us?

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 59
2. I come from a city that is located in the southern part of the country.
3. The children who attend that school receive a good education.
4. The fence which surrounds our house is made of wood.
5. Be sure to follow the instructions that are given at the top of the page.
6. They live in the house that was built in 1890.
7. The papers that are on the table belong to Patrice.
8. The man who is talking to the policeman is my uncle.
9. The number of students who have been counted is quite high.
10. George is the man who was chosen to represent the committee at the convention.
Exercise 4: use “ Who”
1/ The woman is my aunt. She is talking to Tom.
.........................................................................................................................

2/ the man is my father. He talked to you on the phone last night.

.........................................................................................................................

3/ The boy is my student. He gave me this present this morning.

.........................................................................................................................

4/ Do you know the girl? She is wearing a pink hat.

Do you know..............................................................................................................

5/ I don’t know that woman. She gave me this letter 2 hours ago.
.........................................................................................................................

6/ I think I know the man. He stole our phone yesterday.

I think.........................................................................................................................

7/ The old woman has showed us the way to your house.

The woman.....................................................................................................................

8/ A very handsome man gave me this book.

The man.........................................................................................................................

9/ A very young and beautiful lady has just bought this car.
The lady.........................................................................................................................

10/ My teacher called my mom last night.

The person..................................................................................................................

11/ The man asked many questions was really angry .

The man ................................................................................................................

12/ The man standing next to the yellow car is my step father
The man ................................................................................................................

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 60

UNIT 9: WORD FORM

I . LÝ THUYẾT
Noun: Adj: Adv:
 Đầu câu làm chủ từ  Trước danh từ  Động từ thường
 Sau:  Sau :Linking Verbs  Tính từ
- Tính từ (Be, feel, taste, sound,  Trạng từ khác
- Tính từ sỡ hữu smell, look, become, get,  Đầu câu , bổ nghĩa cả câu
- Mạo từ a/an/the appear, seem, keep.)
- Many, much, afew
- a little, some, any

II. EXERCISE
1. English is one of the………………………. at school in Viet Nam. (COMPEL)
2. In the 1990s, the…………….situation in the world got worse and worse. (ECONOMY)
3. Xuan Quynh is considered one of the most famous Vietnamese…………… (POEM)
4. People think wearing casual clothes is more…………..than wearing uniform. (PRACTICE)
5. The Thames is a……………..river which flows through London. (BEAUTY)
6. In the 1990s, the ………………… economic situation got worse. (WORLD)

7. Ho Chi Minh’s Mausoleum is………………………..every day. (VISIT)

8. Trinh Cong Son was a fine……………..He composed a lot of beautiful songs. (MUSIC)
9. They enjoy the…………………atmosphere in the class meeting. (FRIEND)

10. There are many............................places of recreation in Ho Chi Minh city. (IMPRESS)

11. My sister has the………………….to create new designs for the ao dai. (INSPIRE)
12. We are ……………….by the quality of her work. (IMPRESS)
13. Ms Phuong Anh always enjoys talking to the others. She is very....................... (FRIEND)
14. The R&J music band consists of ten ………………………… (MUSIC)

15. My Australian friends want to visit some………….places in my village. (FAME)

16. I have been………………..invited to the wedding. (OFFICIAL)
17. What is your favorite type of ………………………. ? (CLOTH)
18. They go to church every Sunday. They are very …………………….. (RELIGION)
19. We, the new comers here live………………….. with the neighbors. (PEACE)

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 61
20. You should wear casual clothes. It is a(n)…………………… occasion. (FORMAL)
21. He is old enough to live ………………….. (DEPEND)
22. Most………………….on the label are written in English. (INSTRUCT)
23. In my school, English is a…………………. subject, not optional. (COMPEL)
24. The film make a strong ………………………on every of US. (IMPRESS)
25. The teacher made the…………………….of his students into four groups. (SEPARATE)
Exercise 2
1. Most of us are very ............................by that wonderful sight in Sa Pa. (IMPRESS)
2. Their………………………………really made me happy. (FRIENDLY)
3. We enjoyed the……………………….atmosphere in Ha Noi. (PEACE)
4. This book is…............................................... into 10 sections. (DIVISION)
5. Many.........................come to Ho Chi Minh’s Mausoleum every day. (VISIT)
6. The girls went to see………………………..places in Da Nang. (FAME)
7. What is the main language of……………………..at that school? (INSTRUCT)
8. The visitors were really impressed by the…..................of Ha Noi people. (FRIEND)
9. She made a deep…………………………on the members of her class. (IMPRESS)
10. These people come to the mosque so often. They are very...........................(RELIGION)
11. The garden looks very……………………..with plants and flowers. (BEAUTY)
12. They enjoy the………………….atmosphere here. (PEACE)
13. The…………………………..unit of currency is the Ringgit. (MALAYSIA)
14. In…………………………, there are other religions in Cambodia. (ADD)
15. In the USA, they celebrate their……………….Day on July 4th. (DEPEND)
16. The.................................anthem of Viet Nam is sung on special occasions. (NATION)
17. The language of….....................................for students is Bahasa Malaysia. (INSTRUCT)
18. English and French are Canada’s ……………………languages. (OFFICE)
19. First….................................is very important when you meet new people. (IMPRESS)
20. There is an…................................., football match between on VTV3 tonight.(NATION)
Exercise 3
1. Her clothes look very modem and ………………. (FASHION)
2. Natural beauty is one of the sources ………………………for some writers. (INSPIRE)
3………………….., the ao dai was frequently worn by both men and women. (TRADITION)

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 62
4. The designers have.........................the ao dai by printing lines of poetry on it. (MODERN)
5. Most people wear western style clothes at work as they are more …… (CONVENIENCE)
6.She likes to wear……………………..jean cloth for her physical work. (FADE)
7.In the 18th century, jean cloth was made..............................from cotton. (COMPLETE)
8. Our domestic…………………….situation is getting better and better. (ECONOMY)
9. Fashion …………………..are more creative than novelists. (DESIGN)
10. Red………………………….the signs of danger. (SYMBOL)
11. She……………………gets letters from people who have read her novels. (REGULAR)
12. Iam afraid it will be.................................for you to meet him tomorrow.(CONVENIENCE)
13. His late arrival caused much.....................................for his colleagues. (CONVENIENT)
14. Ao dai is the……………………..dress of Vietnamese women. (TRADITION)
15. She offered him an handkerchief when they saw off each other. (EMBROIDER)
Exercise 4
1. ........................ are trying to find out new stars. SCIENCE
2. He was turned down for the job because he wasn’t......................... QUALIFY
3. My colleagues are very pleasant but the manager is a little........................ . FRIEND
4. Teenagers are now ........................ dressed. FASHION
5. Some people claim to be able to ........................ the future. TELL
6. You must be ………………………..…….. when you open that door. (CARE)
7. We can see many ………….…….…… on TV everyday. (ADVERTISE)
8. I watch the news everyday because it ‘s very ………….…………… (INFORM)
9. He didn’t feel happy because he worked …………….…………….. (SUCCESS)
10. Our school has a lot of ……………..…………….……. teachers. (QUALIFY)
11. She received a lot of …………………….….. from her mother. (ENCOURAGE)
12. He was very …………………..……..… of the work he had done. (PRIDE)
13. The children are more ………………..…..………. in cartoons. (INTEREST)
14. How many ……………….. entered the race ? (COMPETE)
15. He drives so ………………. that he often has accidents. (CARE)
16. The computer is one of the most marvelous.............................in our modern age. (INVENT)
17. She is always worried about her children’s………………….. . (SAFE)
18. In .............................to that, my bike tires were flat. (ADD)
19. We should plant a lot of trees to minimize....................... POLLUTE
20. It was the world’s largest volcanic ........................ ERUPT
RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 63
Exercise 5
21. Tam is the ...................student in my class. (GOOD)
22. This house is very ...................for children. (CONVENIENCE)
23. She has a......................for being intelligent. (REPUTE)
24. TV viewers can watch a —— of local and international programs on different channels.
(VARY)
25. Some young people today have a very strange . (APPEAR)
26. My elder brother has taken part in different charity activities in his town and has been
nominated as the most effective —— in the town charity program. (ACT)
27. Walking on the grass is heavily in this university. (FINE)
28. She is one of the most active of the campaign. (PRESERVE)
29. Ba reads short stories in English every day to —— his vocabulary. (RICH)
30. Many people consider good luck charms foolish and —— (REASON)
31. Some guests arrived —— and caused trouble to the hostess. (EXPECT)
34. Road accident is one of our serious................problems nowadays. (SOCIETY)
35. You are only one of many...................for that job. (APPLY)
36. The Internet has ............ developed and become part of our daily life. (INCREASE)
37. However, the Internet also has some .................. (LIMIT)
38. The university has ....... the use of dictionaries during language exams. (AUTHOR)
39. Panda is ................. to China only. (NATION)
40. Viet Nam declared its................. in 1945. (DEPEND)
42. The Internet is a wonderful of modern life. (INVENT)
43. Your daughter always plays the piano . (AMAZING)
44. What should we do to stop these actions? (POLLUTE)
45. If Tom keeps acting , everyone will stay away from him. (POLITE)
46. The company needs to reduce its _ on just one particular product. (DEPEND)
47. New York is a city. It has people from all over the world living in it. (multi-culture)
48. Doctors have just found out a new for cancer. (TREAT)
49 She has passed the final exam. (IMPRESSIVE)
50. She is extremely about the history of art. (KNOWLEDGE)

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 64
UNIT 10 : ADVERB CLAUSE OF REASONS
1. Cụm từ chỉ lý do
Because of / Due to + V-ing / Noun / pronoun
Ex: We didn’t go out due to the cold weather.
They are here because of us.
2. Mệnh đề chỉ lý do:
Because / As / Since + S + V
Ex: They can’t go out because / as / since it is very cold outside.

3. Cách rút gọn mệnh đề lý do sang cụm từ chỉ lý do

a. …. because + đại từ + be + adj .
→ because of + tính từ sở hữu + N
Ex: He failed the exam because he is lazy.
He failed the exam because of / due to his laziness.
b. …because + N + be + adj
→ because of + the + adj + N
Ex: They can’t go fishing because the weather is bad.
They can’t go fishing because of the bad weather.
c. . …because + S + V + O
→ because of + V-ing + O (thường dùng khi 2 chủ ngữ giống nhau)
Ex: She got ill because she worked
hard. She got ill because of working
hard.
EXERCISE
I. Change clauses of reason to phrases.
1. Mary didn’t go to school yesterday because she was sick.

2. She went to bed early because she felt tired.

3. Ann didn’t go to the circus with Betty because she had a bad cold.

4. John succeeded in his exam because he worked hard and methodically.

5. Margaret stayed home because her mother was sick.

6. I like him because his father is kind to me.

7. I can eat these fruits because they are green.

8. I couldn’t do the test because it is difficult.

9. He came late because it was dark.

10.I can’t study because it is noisy.

11.The train came late because it rained heavily.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 65
12.All the teachers love him because his conduct is good.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 66
13.I couldn’t read the letter because it was dark.

14.We stopped our car because the traffic lights turned red.

15. The plane couldn’t take off the weather was bad.

16. The plane couldn’t take off because the weather was bad.

17. Rice plants grow well because the climate is warm and damp.

18. He couldn’t drive fast because the street was crowded and narrow.

19. I can’t sleep because the weather is hot.

20. He left school because his life was hard.

II. Change clauses of concession to phrases.

1. He didn’t eat much though she was hungry.

2. He couldn’t solve the problem he is good math.

3.Mr. Pike doesn’t wear classes though he is over sixty.

4. Although he had much experience in machinery, he didn’t succeed in repairing this machine.

5. Although it got dark, they continued to work.

6. Although it was noisy, I keep on studying.

7. Although it rained heavily, I went to school on time.

8. The flight was not delayed it was foggy.

9. He ate all the fruit though it was green.

10. We did the test well though it was difficult.

11. Although he is strong, I am not afraid of him.

12. Everybody has great regard for him though he is poor.

13. The plane took off though the weather was bad.

14. He didn’t stop his car though the traffic lights turned red.

15. He studied very well though his life was hard at that time.

16. Although the streets are narrow, many people drive cars in this city.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 67
17. Although his English was good, he wasn’t chosen.

18. Although he got an English name, he is in fact German.

19. He always studied hard though he encounters difficulty.

20. Although the weather was bad, we are going to have a picnic.

21. Although he had not finished the paper, he went to sleep.

22. She attended the class although she didn’t feel alert.

23. The child ate the cookies even though his mother had told him not to.

24. She drank coffee to keep herself warm although she disliked it.

25. Mary will take a plane although she dislikes flying.

26. Although Mary was sad, she managed to smile.

27. The old woman told interesting stories to her children although her memory was poor.

28. Though he had been absent frequently, he was managed to pass the test.

29. He ate the chocolate cake even though he was on a diet.

30.Although the prices are high, my daughters insist on going to the movie.

III. Supply either BECAUSE or BECAUSE OF

1. It was difficult to deliver the letter.............the sender had written the wrong address on the envelope.

2. We decided to leave early.............................the party was boring.

3. Rescue attempts were temporarily halted.................................the bad weather.

4. Paul may not go to the football game........................................his grades.

5. They visited their friends often.........................they enjoyed their company.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 68

UNIT 11: CLAUSES OF CONCESSION

1. Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự nhượng bộ thường được giới thiệu bằng: although, though,
even though, even if.
Although / Though / Even though / Even + S + V, S + V.
Although / though / Even though / Even if he tried very hard, he couldn’t lift the box up.
2. Các cấu trúc khác của mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự nhượng bộ.
- Wh- question+ever
Whatever (+ noun)
Whichever (+ noun)
Whoever (+ noun) + S + V, S + V. = Cho dù…..
Whenever
Wherever
However + adj / adv
* Chú ý ta đặt adj / adv ngay sau However.
Whoever he may be, I won’t believe what he says.
(Cho dù anh ấy là ai, tôi cũng không tin những gì anh ta nói.)
Whatever you do, I will favour you. (Dù cậu làm gì, tôi cũng ủng hộ)
However rich he is, he never helps the needed.
No matter + Wh- question. = Cho dù…..
No matter + Wh- question + S + V, S + V .
No matter what jobs he got, he was not satisfied.
No matter how cold it was, he didn’t wear warm clothes.
- It doesn’t matter+ Wh- question.
It doesn’t matter + Wh- question) + S + V, S + V = Cho dù…..
Ex: No matter who you are, I still love you.
No matter what she says, I don’t believe her.
No matter how rich you are, I don’t love you.
No matter what he does, he always tries his best.
No matter when she comes, I always welcome .her.
No matter where he lives, I always find him.
Note:
No matter who = whoever
No matter what = whatever
No matter when = whenever
No matter where = wherever
No matter how = however.......
Ex: Whoever you are, I still love you.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

 EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 69
Whatever others may say, you are certainly right.
Whenever you return, she waits for you.
It doesn’t matter what she does, she is careful.
* Chú ý ta đặt ngay adj / adv sau How.
- Adj / Adv + as/ though + S + (may) + V +.....
Patient as he was, he had no intention of waiting for three hours.
Quietly though I had spoken, the medical superrintendent heard.
- Much as = Mặc dầu rất (kết hợp nghĩa của although và very much ).
Much as he longs our marriage, he’s completely absorbed in the making of maps.
( Although he longs for our marriage very much,....)
- Mệnh đề chỉ sự nhượng bộ có thể được rút gọn thành cụm từ chỉ sự nhượng bộ bởi các giới từ
: despite , in spite of

+ noun phrase
Despite / In spite of + V.ing
+ the fact that + S + V
Inspite of her sadness, she managed to smiled.
In spite of being sad, she managed to smile.
* Khi cả hai mệnh đề cùng một chủ ngữ ta có thể chuyển mệnh chính về dạng V.ing.
CLAUSE AND PHRASE OF CONCESSION

I- CLAUSE OF CONCESSION (Mệnh đề chỉ sự nhượng bộ)

Definition: Là mệnh đề chỉ sự tương phản giữa hai mệnh đề trong cõu. Bắt đầu bằng :
although, though, even though, even if (mặc dự) + clause.
Although
Though + Clause (S + V …)
Even though
Even if
Ex1: He was lazy. He passed the test.
-> Although he was lazy, he passed the test.
Ex2: We had a picnic. The weather was
-> We had a picnic though the weather was bad.
II- PHRASE OF CONCESSION: (Cụm từ chỉ sự nhượng bộ)
Bắt đầu bằng IN SPITE OF/ DESPITE (mặc dù) sau nó là một cụm từ (phrase) có thể là cụm danh từ
hoặc cum danh động từ.

Ex1: DespiteOF/
IN SPITE studying hard, he
DESPITE failed the
+ phrase final
(noun phrase/ gerund phrase)
test. Ex2: We had a picnic in spite of the bad
III- THE WAYS OF CHANGING A CLAUSE TO A PHRASE (cách đổi một mệnh đề thành
cụm từ)
1- Mệnh đề có chủ từ là một đại từ (Pronoun) + be + adj khi đổi sang cụm từ ta bỏ BE, đổi chủ
từ thành tính từ sở hữu (possessive adj), đổi tính từ thành danh từ.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 70

Ex1: Although he was lazy, he passed the test.

Despite his laziness, he passed the test.

Ex2: Though he was poor, he lived a happy life.
2- Mệnh đề có chủ từ là danh từ (noun) + be + adj khi chuyển sang cụm từ ta bỏ Be, đổi chủ từ
thành sở hữu cỏch (possessive case), đổi tớnh từ thành danh từ.
Ex: The car didn’t crash though the driver was careless.
The car didn’t crash despite the driver’s carelessness.
3- Mệnh đề : chủ từ + V(ordinary) khi chuyển sang cụm từ ta bỏ chủ từ đổi động từ sang dạng
V-ing.

Ex: Though he studied hard, he didn’t passed the test.

In spite of studying hard, he didn’t passed the
test.
4- Mệnh đề: There be + noun, khi chuyển sang cụm từ ta bỏ there be.

There + be + Noun
-> x + Noun

Ex: Although there were many people there, they couldn’t rescue him.
Despite many people there, they couldn’t rescue him.
* CLAUSE AND PHRASE OF REASON (Mệnh đề và cum từ chỉ nguyên nhân)
I- CLAUSE OF REASON (Mệnh đề chỉ nguy ên nhân)
Definition: Là mệnh đề chỉ nguy ên nhân của hành động được nêu trong mệnh đề chính. Bắt đầu
bằng: Because (vì) + clause.

Because+ Clause (S + V …)

Ex: He came ten minutes late. He missed the first train.

He came ten minutes late because he missed the first train.
Main clause Clause of reason
II- PHRASE OF REASON: (Cụm từ chỉ nguyên nhânï)
Bắt đầu bằng BECAUSE OF (bởi vì) sau nó là một cụm từ (phrase) có thể là cụm danh từ hoặc cum
danh động từ.

BECAUSE OF + phrase (noun phrase/ gerund phrase)

Ex1: Because of the bad weather, they didn’t take part in the trip.
Noun phrase
Ex2: They stayed at home because of being sick.
Gerund phrase
III- THE WAYS OF CHANGING A CLAUSE TO A PHRASE (cách đổi một mệnh đề thành
cụm từ)
- Cách đổi mệnh đề chỉ nguyên nhân sang cụm từ giống như cách đổi mệnh đề chỉ sự nhượng
bộ sang cụm từ
Ex: I catch cold because I went out in the rain yesterday.

I catch cold because of going out in the rain yesterday.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 71
Exercise
Exercise 1: Choose the best answer to complete these sentences.
1. he likes chocolate, he tries not to eat it.
A. As B .Though C. Since D. Despite
2. He is a very intelligent boy, he is very lazy
A. but B. and C. or D. so
3. I moved house, I haven’t had much contact with those friends
A. though B. since C. because of D. so that
4. Last night we came to the show late the traffic was terrible.
A. although B. despite C. and D. because
5. Lan couldn’t pass the exam she was too lazy.
A. because B. because of C. although D. in spite of
6. his broken leg, he didn’t come to class yesterday.
A. because B. because of C. despite D. so
7. there is a lot of noise in the city, I prefer living there.
A. despite B. in spite of C. becacuse of D. though
8. the weather, we went sailing.
A. despite B. in spite of C. although D. A and B
9. Hudson led early, he lost the race.
A. though B. although C. eventhough D. all are correct
10. In spite of not speaking French, Mike decided to settle in Paris.
A. Eventhough Mike didn’t speak French, but he decided to settle in Paris.
B. Mike decided to settle in Paris despite he didn’t speak French.
C. Mike decided to settle in Paris though the fact that not speaking French.
D. Although Mike didn’t speak French; he decided to settle in Paris.
11. Mr Ba was late for the meeting though he took a taxi.
A. Even though taking a taxi, Mr Ba was late for the meeting.
B. In spite of taking a taxi, but Mr Ba was late for the meeting.
C. Mr Ba was late for the meeting despite the fact he took a taxi.
D. Mr Ba was late for the meeting although having taken a taxi.
12. We camt to the meeting on time though the traffic was heavy.
A. Despite the traffic was heavy; we came to the meeting on time.
B. In spite of the heavy traffic, we came to the meeting on time.
C. Even though the heavy traffic, we came to the meeting on time.
D. Although the traffic was heavy, but we came to the meeting on time.
13. Although he took a taxi, Bill still arrived late for the concert.
A. Bill arrived late for the concert whether he took a taxi or not.
B. Bill arrived late for the concert because of the taxi.
C. In spite of taking a taxi, Bill arrived late for the concert.
D. Bill took a taxi to the concert, but he couldn’t catch it.
14. Although she is rich, she can’t afford to buy the car.
A. She doesn’t have enough money to buy the car she likes.
B. Rich as she is, she can’t afford to buy the car.
C. The car is too expensive for her to buy.
D. She wants to buy the car but it costs a lot.
15. Although Sue felt tired, she stayed up late talking to Jill.
A. Despite feeling tired, Sue stayed up late talking to Jill.
B. In spite feeling tired, Sue stayed up late talking to Jill.
C. Sue wouldn’t feel tired despite staying up late talking to Jill.
D. Sue stayed up late talking to Jill. As a result, she was tired.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 72
16. Even though Trung had a bad cold, he went to the concert.
A. In spite of his bad cold, Trung went to the concert.
B. Trung had a bad cold because he went to the concert.
C. Trung went to the concert despite having a bad cold.
D. Trung had a bad cold. However, he went to the concert.
17. it was raining heavily he went out without a raincoat.
A. In spite B. In spite of C. However D. Although
18. he wasn’t feeling very well; Mr Graham went to visit his aunt as usual.
A. Although B. However C. Therefore D. Still
19. He was offered the job his qualifications were poor.
A. despite B. in spite of C. even though D. Whereas
19. we were in town, we often met him.
A. For B. Although C. So D. When
20. She didn’t get the job she had all the necessary qualifications.
A. because B. although C. so D. but
21. I could not eat I was very hungry.
A. even though B. in spite C. despite D. in spite the fact that
22. In pite , the baseball game was not cancelled.
A. the rain B. of the rain C. it was raining D. there was a rain
23. he had enough money, he refused to buy a new car.
A. In spite B. In spite of C. Despite D. Although
24. , he walked to the station.
A. Despite being tired B. Although to be tired
C. In spite being tired D. Despite tired
25. The children slept well, despite .
A. it was noise B. the noise C. of the noise D. noisy
26. She left him she still loved him.
A. even if B. even though C. in spite of D. despite
27. her lack of hard work, she was promoted.
A. In spite B. Even though C. in spite of D. despite of
28. they are brothers, they do not look like.
A. Although B. Even C. Despite D. In spite of
29. We are concerned with the problem of energy resouces we must also think of our
environment.
A. despite B. though C. as though D. but
30. some Japanese women are successful in business, the majority of Japanese companies are
run by men.
A. But B. Even if C. If D. As though

Exercise 2: Combine these sentences using: though, although, even though

1. Lion dancing is very popular in Viet Nam. My friend Anny does not enjoy it.
=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. Bob always walks to work. He is living in the city.

=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. My house is near the beach. I rarely go swimming.

=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. My brother is working in Ha Noi. He comes home on every public holiday.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 73
=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5. Paul is an Australian, he enjoys Vietnamese New year.
=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6 Most children go to see the firework show, Linh and Mai stay home watching TV.
=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

7. Nick used to smoke. He seems to be in good health.

=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

8. I couldn’t sleep. I was tired.

=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

9. Henry’s friend is a millionaire. He hates spending money.

=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

10. We couldn’t get tickets. We queued for an hour.

=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Exercise 3: Rewrite the sentences, beginning with the words in parentheses

1. She has plenty of money, but she is very mean. (although)
=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. They have a car, but they rarely use it. (though)

=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. He was innocent, but he was sent to prison. (although)

=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. He has a number of relatives living nearby, but he never visits them (even though)
=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. She never takes any kind of exercise, but she is quite fit and healthy. (even though)
=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6.The keyboard wasn’t working well. She tried to finish the letter (although)
=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

7.The forecast said it would rain. It turned out to be a beautiful day. (although)
=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

8.I’m no better. I’ve taken the bill. (even though)

=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

9. The traffic was bad. I arrived at the airport on time. (though)

=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

10. I didn’t get the job. I had all necessary qualifications. (though)

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 74
=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 75
11. We enjoyed the vacation. It rained a lot. (although)
=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

12. She felt sick. She went to work. (though)

=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

13. I was really tired. I couldn’t sleep. (even though)

=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

14. He is very rich. He isn’t happy. (although)

=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

15. She couldn’t answer the question. She is very intelligent. (though)
=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

16. He tried. He was not successful. (though)

=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

17. His life is hard. He determined to study well. (although)

=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

18. He was wise and experienced. He was not taken in. (though)
=> ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Exercise 4: Match the sentences in column A with the sentences in column B, using “Though”:

A B
1. They injury was serious a. She always buys me a birthday present
2. The result seem unlikely b. There is still room for improvement
3. She was tired c. It didn’t keep her out of the game
4. She is poor d. They are nevertheless correct
5. The invention is ingenious e. Sandra walked home
6. They were outnumbered f. Nobody will ever buy it
7. The food is excellent g. They put up a good performance
Exercise 5: Complete the sentences with your own words:
1. Although my mom sing very well,
2. Although , I can’t sing English song.
3. Sue didn’t come to my birthday party last Sunday though .
4. Although my school is far from the city, many students
RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 76
5. We really enjoyed the trip to the museum last week though
6. Although my sister can draw very beautifully, she
Exercise 6: Rewrite the sentences with the word given.
1. Although he has a very important job, he isn’t particularly well-paid.
=>In spite of ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. Although I had never seen her before, I recognized her from a photograph.
=> Despite .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. She wasn’t wearing the coat although it was quite cold.

=>In spite of ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. We thought we’d better invite them to the party although we don’t like them very much.
=> Despite .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. Although I didn’t speak the language, I managed to make myself understand.

=>In spite of ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. Although the heat was on, the room wasn’t warm.

=> Despite .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

7. I didn’t recognize her although I’d met her twice before.

=>In spite of ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

8. We’re not very good friends although we’ve known each other a long time.
=> Despite .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

9. Although Minh was ill, he still came to the meeting.

=>In spite of ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

10. Although he promised that he wouldn’t be late, he didn’t arrive until 9 o’clock.
=> Despite .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

Exercise 9: Rewrite the sentences, using although or in spite of.

1. Although I was very tired, I didn’t sleep.
=> No matter ...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. Although I was hungry, I didn’t eat anything.

=> No matter ...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. Although he felt unwell, he went on working.

=> No matter ...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. Although he was disappointed, he tried to smile.

=> No matter ...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. He still goes to school although he isn’t fine.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 77
=> No matter ...................................................................................................................................................................................................

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 78
6. Although the salary was low, he accepted the job.
=> Despite .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

7. In spite of their quarrel, they remain the best of friends.

=> Though ........................................................................................................................................................................................................

8. In spite of the bad weather, they went out for dinner.

=> Although ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

9. In spite of his age, he still leads an active life.

=> Even though .............................................................................................................................................................................................

10. In spite of his hard work, Ba he failed his exam.

=> Though ........................................................................................................................................................................................................

11. In spite of the heavy rain, we decided to go to see the match.

=> Although ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

12. Although they lost, the home team played very well.
=> Despite .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

13. Even though it was raining, I still went to school on time.

=>In spite of ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

14. Although she isn’t brilliant, she studies quite well.

=> Despite .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

15. She isn’t brilliant but she studies quite well.

=> Although ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

16. The house isn’t nice, but I like the garden.

=> Even though .............................................................................................................................................................................................

17. It was raining, but we went out.

=> Though ........................................................................................................................................................................................................

18. Everyone likes Bob even though he talkative.

=> Even though .............................................................................................................................................................................................

19. Though I had an umbrella, I got very wet in the rain.

=> Though ........................................................................................................................................................................................................

20. We enjoyed the vacation although it rained a lot.

=> In spite of ...................................................................................................................................................................................................

21. I couldn’t sleep though I was very tired.

=> Much .............................................................................................................................................................................................................

22. I didn’t get the job even though I was extremely qualified.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 79
=> Despite .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 80
23. He ate all the fruits although they were green.
=>No matter ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

24. The plane took off though the weather was bad.
=>No matter ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

25. He took a lot of photographs even though the sky was dark.
=>No matter ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

26. Although she doesn’t earn much money, she spends like a millionaire.
=> Despite .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

27. Tom will not pass the examination although he studies well.
=> In spite of ...................................................................................................................................................................................................

28. He is still fat though he has been on a diet for 2 years.

=> In spite of ...................................................................................................................................................................................................

29. Although they lived in poverty, they were always happy.

=> No matter ...................................................................................................................................................................................................

30. He got good jobs, he was not satisfied.

=> No matter what jobs .....................................................................................................................
31. You do any job, you should do it devotedly.
=> Whatever .....................................................................................................................................
32. Although his English was good, he wasn’t chosen.
=> However .......................................................................................................................................
33. Even though I admire his courage, I think he is a foolish.
=> Much.............................................................................................................................................
34. You can use it as long as you like, and it won’t wear out.
=> No matter ......................................................................................................................................
35. Although Judy was severely disabled, she participated in many sports.
=> Despite..........................................................................................................................................
36. However friendly he seems, he’s not to be trusted.
=> Friendly ........................................................................................................................................
37. I admit he’s clever, but I don’t think he’ll this problem.
=> Clever ...........................................................................................................................................
38. She never comes to the office on time although she gets up so early.
=> No matter ......................................................................................................................................
39. He had enjoyed the lively company of his friends in Edinburgh. All the same, his work, he
felt, demanded solitude.
RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 81
=> Much as ........................................................................................................................................
40. Come and sit down, whoever you are.
=> It doesn’t matter............................................................................................................................
41. It doesn’t matter how hard she tries, she never beat Sue at tennis.
=> However .......................................................................................................................................
42. No matter what he says, nobody believes him.
=> Whatever ......................................................................................................................................
43. He always woke up early no matter how late he had gone to bed.
=> However .......................................................................................................................................
44. Melissa’s father was very busy, but he still played with her.
=> Busy..............................................................................................................................................
45. She didn’t eat much though she was hungry.
=>In spite of ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

46. Although he had much experience in machinery, he didn’t succeed in repairing this machine.
=> Despite .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

47. We did the test well though it was difficult.

=>In spite of ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

48. Although he is strong, I’m not afraid of him.

=> Despite .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

49. The plane took off though the weather was bad.
=>In spite of ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

50. Though his English was good, he wasn’t chosen.

=> Despite .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

51. Although the streets are narrow, many people drive in this city.
=>In spite of ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

52. Mr Pike doesn’t wear glasses though he is over sixty.

=> Despite .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

53. He ate the chocolate cake even though he was on diet.

=>In spite of ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

54. He studies very well though his life was hard at that time.
=> Despite .........................................................................................................................................................................................................

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

 EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 82
UNIT 12 : ADVERB CLAUSE OF RESULT
1/ CLAUSE OF RESULT : SO/ SUCH
Công thức :
- S + V+ SO + ADJ / ADV + THAT + S + V (…quá ………đến nỗi…….)
- S + V + SUCH + ( A/ AN ) + ADJ + NOUN + THAT + S + V (…quá ……đến nỗi…)
EX : It was so dark that I couldn’t see anything
The student had behaved so badly that he was dismissed from the class
It was such a hot day that we decided to stay at home
There are such beautiful pictures that everybody will want one
* NOTES :
so many/ few + plural noun + that

so much/ little + uncountable noun + that

so + adj +a/an + singular noun + that

Ex : The Smiths had so many children that they formed their own baseket ball team
He has invested so much money in the project that he can’t abandon it now
2/ PHRASE OF RESULT : TOO/ ENOUGH
Công thức
- S + V+ TOO + ADJ / ADV ( FOR + O ) + TO INFINITIVE
- S + V+ ADJ / ADV + ENOUGH + ( FOR +O) + TO INFINITIVE
Ex: 1/ He is so short that he can’t play basketball

ugh to play baseket ball

2/ It was so dark that I couldn’t see anything

EXERCISE
I. Use SO or SUCH, TOO, ENOUGH :
1. The sun shone brightly that she had to put on her glasses.
2. There were _ few students registered that the class was cancelled
3. We had wonderful memories of that place that we decided to return
4. It was a nice day that we decided to go to the beach.
5. The book looked interesting that we decided to read it.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 83
6. Ray called at an early hour that we weren’t awke yet.
7. There were many people on the bus that we decided to walk.
8. The benefit was great a success that the promoters decided to repeat it
9. I’ m not rich to help you.
10. This room is dark for us to study.
II. Rewrite the following sentences as directed:
1. It was such an expensive house that nobody can buy it.
so
2. The food was so good that we ate all of it.
It was
3. The patient was too weak to get up.
so
4. This room is too dark for me to study.
so
5. This room is too small for us to take the meeting

6. The test was so difficult that we couldn’t do it.

not
7. The map is so old that I couldn’t read it.
too
8. He spoke so fast that we couldn’t hear him well
didn’t
III. Choose the best option to complete each of the following sentence:
1. These two girls that I can’t tell them apart.
A. are so like B. are so alike C. are too like D. alike enough
2. I think our daughter is to understand this matter
A. too young B. is such young C. not enough old D. not age enough
3. Mrs. Harrions is he owns many places.
A. so a rich man that B. such an rich man that
C. such a rich man that D. that so rich a man
4. The ceiling is
A. too high for me to reach B. too high for me to reach it
C. so high for me reaching D. enough high for me reaching
5. The woman was so beautiful

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 84
A. that I couldn’t help looking at B. that I couldn’t help looking at her
C. for me looking at her D. that for me to look at
6. It is that I would like to go to the beach.
A. such a nice weather B. too nice weather
C. such nice weather D. such weather nice
7. These are that I can’t finish them.
A. a such long assignments B. such long assignments
C. such a long assignments D. too long assignments
8. It is that I have read it twice.
A. such an interesting book B. so interesting a book
C. too interesting a book D. a & b
9. He I was scared.
A. drove too fast that B. drove so fastly that
C. drove so fast that D. drove such fast that
10. She dances everybody adores her.
A. such beatifully that B. so beautiful that
C. so beautifully that D. too beautifully that
11. It is to go swimming
A. too cold B. so cold
C. such a cold D. enough cold that
12. Jane is to do this exercise.
A. no intelligence enough B. not intelligent enough
C. not enough intelligent D. so intelligent enough
13. I am a car.
A. not rich enough to buy B. too rich enough to buy
C. too poor to buy D. a & c
14. It’s home from here.
A. too far walking B. too far for walking
C. far to walk, too D. too far to walk
15. The bed isn’t clean enough
A. to lie in it B. to lie in C. for lying in D. in which to lie
16. The piano was too heavy
a. for nobody to move b. for nobody moving
c. for anyone to move d. for anyone to moving

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 85
17. Have you got for everyone to moving?
a. enough foodb. food enough c. too food d. so food
18. He to be offered the job
a. was such in experienced b. was too inexperienced
c. not experienced enough d. b & c
19. to go to the cinema.
a. It was late so that b. That it was late
c. It was too late d. Such too late
20. We don’t to go there now.
a. have time enough b. enough time
c. have too time d. have enough time
21. This song is simple enough for us to sing.
a. This song is so simple that we can sing
b. This song is so simple that we can sing it
c. This song is so simple for us to sing
d. It is such a simple song that we can sing
22. The bag was too heavy for him to carry.
a. The bag wasn’t enough light for him to carry
b. The bag was so heavy that h couldn’t carry
c. It was such a heavy bag for him to carry
d. It was such a heavy bag that he couldn’t carry it
23. The cake was too hot for him to eat.
a. The cake was so hot that for him to eat.
b. The cake was so hot that he could eat
c. The cake was so hot that he couldn’t eat it.
d. The cake was so hot that he can’t eat it
24. Because they made too many mistakes, they failed in the exam.
a. They made so many mistakes that they failed in the exam.
b. They made so many mistakes as they failed in the exam.
c. They made so much mistakes that they failed in the exam.
d. They made too many mistakes that they failed in the exam.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 86
UNIT 13: MODAL VERBS
Model Verbs Chức năng Ví dụ Chú ý
Diễn tả khả năng hiện - Can và Could còn được
tại hoặc tương lai là
You can speak Spainish. dùng trong câu hỏi đề nghị,
Can một người có thể làm xin phép, yêu cầu.
It can rain.
được gì, hoặc một sự Ví dụ: - Could you please
việc có thể xảy ra wait a moment?
My brother could speak Can I ask you a question?
Could (quá khứ Diễn tả khả năng xảy
English when he was -Có thể dùng “be able to”
của “Can”) ra trong quá khứ
five. thay cho “can hoặc could”
Diễn đạt sự cần thiết,
You must get up earily
bắt buộc ở hiện tại
in the morning.
hoặc tương lai
You must be hungry
Must Đưa ra lời khuyên Mustn’t – chỉ sự cấm đoán
after work hard.
hoặc suy luận mang
You must be here before
tính chắc chắn, yêu
8 a.m
cầu
được nhấn mạnh
Diễn tả sự cần thiết
phải làm gì nhưng là I have to stop smoking. Don’t have to= Don’t need
Have to
do khách quan (nội My doctor said that. to (chỉ sự không cần thiết)
quy, quy định…)
Diễn tả điều gì có thể - May và might dùng để xin
May May I call her?
xảy ra ở hiện tại phép. Nhưng might ít được
dùng trong văn nói, chủ
yếu trong câu gián tiếp:
May I turn on TV?
I wonder if he might go
Might (quá khứ Diễn tả điều gì có thể She might not be his there alone.
của “May”) xảy ra ở quá khứ house. - Might được dùng không
phải là quá khứ của May
Where is John? I don’t
know. He may/might go out
with his friends.
Diễn đạt, dự đoán sự
Tomorrow will be
việc xảy ra trong tương
sunny.
Will lai Dùng Will hay Would trong
Did you buy sugar? Oh,
Đưa ra một quyết định câu đề nghị, yêu cầu, lời mời
sorry. I’ll go now.
tại thời điểm nói Will you have a cup of
Diễn tả một giả định coffee?
She was a child. She
xảy ra hoặc dự đoán sự Would you like a cake?
Would would be upset when
việc có thể xảy ra
hear this bad news.
trong quá khứ

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 87
Dùng để xin ý kiến,lời
Where shall we eat
Shall khuyên. “Will” được
tonight?
sử dụng nhiều hơn
Chỉ sự bắt buộc hay You shouldth send this
bổn phận nhưng ở mức report by 8 September.
độ nhẹ hơn “Must” You should call her.
Should
Đưa ra lời khuyên, ý She worked hard, she
kiến should get the best
Dùng để suy đoán result.

Chỉ sự bắt buộc. Mạnh You ought not to eat

Ought to hơn “Should” nhưng candy at night.
chưa bằng “Must”
Needn't have and didn't need
to
Có 1 sự khác biệt nhỏ giữa 2
cách dùng này. Hãy so sánh nhé:
I needn't have arrived at seven.
- Tôi đáng nhẽ không cần phải
tới lúc 7h, nhưng tôi đã làm.
( I arrived at seven, but it wasn't
necessary )
You needn’t go yet, need I didn't need to arrive at seven.
(1)necessity (negative &
Need you? - Trước đó tôi đã biết mình
interrogative
không phải tới lúc 7h.
( we don't know when I arrived -
maybe seven or later )
Nhưng thông thường trong văn
nói, người ta thường dùng
didn't need to trong cả 2 trường
hợp.
In speech, have is often
contracted in the forms in this
unit.

EXERCISE
1. She be ill. I have just seen her playing basket ball in the school yard.
A. needn't B. shouldn't C. mustn't D. can't
2. Hiking the trail to the peak be dangerous if you are not well prepared for dramatic
weather changes. You research the route a little more before you attempt the ascent.
A. might / can B. may / mustn't C. can / should D. must / needn't
3. Peter has been working for 10 hours. He be very tired now.
A. needn't B. must C. has to D. should
4. He is unreliable. What he says be believed.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 88
A. cannot B. must not C. may not D. might not
5. I find my own way there. You wait for me.
A. should / can't B. have to / must C. can / needn't D. might / mustn't
6. I was reading the book last night before I went to bed. I never took it out of this room. It be
lying around here somewhere. Where it be?
A. might / needn't B. can / should C. shouldn't / may D. must / can
7. When you have a small child in the house, you leave small objects lying around.
Such objects be swallowed, causing serious injury or even death.
A. should / must B. should not / might C. needn't / may D. mustn't / can't
8. Jenny's engagement ring was precious! It have cost a fortune.
A. must B. should C. can D. needn't
9. You take your umbrella along with you today. It rain later on this afternoon.
A. ought to / mustn't B. needn't / will C. will / must D. should / might
10. I be at the meeting by 10:00. I will probably take a taxi if I want to be on time.
A. must/ have to B. may / must
C. should / needn't D. mustn't / shouldn't
11. You forget to pay the rent tomorrow. The landlord is very strict about paying on time.
A. needn't B. mustn't C. do not have to D. may not
12. I am not deaf. You shout.
A. must B. mustn't C. need D. needn’t
13. I borrow your lighter for a minute? - Sure, no problem. Actually, you keep it
if you want to.
A. May / can B. Must / might C. Will / should D. Might / needn’t
14. I do not mind at all. You apologize.
A. shouldn't B. needn't C. mustn't D. oughtn't to
15. Ted's flight from Amsterdam took more than 11 hours. He exhausted after such a long
flight now.
A. must be B. must be being C. must have been D. should have been
16. The lamp be broken. Maybe the light bulb just burned out.
A. should not B. might not C. must not D. will not
17. It is a top secret. You tell anyone about it.
A. mustn't B. needn't C. mightn't D. won't
18. We have plenty of time for doing the work. We _ be hurried.
A. needn't B. shouldn't C. mustn't D. mayn't

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 89
19. Frank's wallet is lying on the coffee table. He it here last night.
A. must have left B. should have left
C. must be leaving D. needn't leave
20. John failed again. He harder.
A. must have tried B. should have tried
C. can tried D. may have tried
21. The television isn't working. It during the move.
A. should have been damaged B. needn't be damaged
C. must have been damaged D. ought not be damaged
22. She spoke in a low voice, but I what she was saying
A. can understand B. could understand
C. were able understand D. could have under stood
23. Robert arrived without his books. He it.
A. could have lost B. would have Lost C. should have lost D. will have lost
24. “ where do you think Roony is today?”. “ I have no idea. He late.”
A. Should have left B. would sleep C. would have sleep D. may have
sleep 25.The photos are black. The X-ray at the airport them
A. should have damage B. would have damaged C. would damage D. must have damage
26. The children “thank you” to you when you gave them their gifts
A. will have said B. should have said C. must say D. should say
27. Jean did very badly on the exam. She harder.
A. must have studied B. could have Studied
C. should have Studied D. must studied
28. These two boys are identical. They _ twins.
A. must have been B. should be C. must be D. should have been
29. Had we known your new address, we to see you.
A. came B. will come C. would have come D. would come
30. My car stopped on the high way. It out of gas.
A. may run B. must be C. may have run D. should have run
31. You have been reading for four hours. This book be very interesting.
A. can B. might C. must D. should
32. Don’t phone Ann now. She be having lunch.
A. might B. can C. must D. has to
33. This road is very narrow. It to be widened.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 90
A. might B. needs C. mustn’t D. may
34. My mother permitted me to go out at night. She said, “You go out tonight.”
A. may B. have to C. must D. ought to
35. He advised me to take an English course. I _ it early.
A. should have taken B. should take C. will have taken D. may take
36. You ring the bell; I have a key.
A. mustn’t B. needn’t C. couldn’t D. shouldn’t
37. The line is busy; someone the telephone now.
A. must be using B. must have used C. must use D. must have been using
38. “Are you still going to Florida for vacation?” “Yes, but I really because I don’t have much
money.”
A. shouldn’t B. can’t C. mustn’t D. won’t
39. “Did Peter go downtown by car or by train?” “He by train because his car was in the
mechanics.”
A. must go B. has to go C. had gone D. must have gone
40. “Have you seen Kate?” “No, but she be at her desk.”
A. may B. ought C. would D. can
41. “Can I borrow twenty dollars?” “No, you know I lend you money any more.”
A. might not B. shouldn’t have C. won’t D. not going to
42. you remember what you were doing at this time yesterday?
A. Can B. Must C. May D. Should
43. I understand this letter. Will you translate it for me?
A. mustn’t B. may not C. can’t D. shouldn’t
44. Daisy’s parents don’t let her go to late- nightdisco. She be at home at 9 o’clock in theevening.
A. must B. may C. can D. has to
45. you give me some advice about the language course?
A. Have B. Should C. May D. Could
46. Why didn’t you give me a call yesterday? We discuss everything together.
A. can B. may C. must D. could
47. Yesterday I finish the work because I was very tired.
A. could B. can’t C. couldn’t D. mustn’t
48. Sit down, please. a cup of tea?
A. Do you like B. Do you like to drink C. Would you like D. Will you like

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 91
UNIT 14: CONNECTIVES
Connectives (các từ nối): and, but, because, or, so, therefore, however có chức năng nối các
từ, các mệnh đề, các câu lại với nhau.
1. And (và): dùng để thêm thông tin vào câu nói
EX: My hobbies are playing soccer and listening to music.
2. But (nhưng): dùng để nêu lên hai thông tin đối ngược
nhau EX; I want other car but I have no money.
3. Or (hoặc): dùng để giới thiệu một khả năng
khác EX: Would you like tea or coffee?
4. So (do đó, cho nên, vì vậy): dùng để chỉ kết quả, hệ quả, phía trước so luôn có dấu phẩy ngăn
cách EX: It’s raining, so I’ll stay home and read.
5. Because (bởi vì): dùng để chỉ nguyên nhân, luôn đứng trước mệnh đề phụ
thuộc EX: I failed in my exam because I didn’t study.
6. Therefore (do đó, cho nên): dùng để nêu lên kết quả của sự việc được nhắc đến trong câu trước
đó EX: I passed the test; therefore, my parents took me to the circus.
7. However (tuy nhiên): dùng để giới thiệu một sự việc có ý nghĩa trái ngược với sự việc được nhắc
trước đó
EX: I feel sleepy, however, I must finish the report.

EXERCISE
1) You should keep the milk in the refrigerator it doesn’t go bad.
A. since B. so that C. because D. after
2) You should say goodbye to your brother you leave for Europe.
A. despite B. after C. since D. before
3) The class discussion was short; , we gained some knowlegde from it.
A. however B. moreover C. although D. therefore
4) The undergone is cheap; , it’s faster than the train.
A. however B. moreover C. but D. so
5) you study harder, you won’t win the scholarship.
A. Unless B. Because C. If D. In order that
6) The countrytside air is fresh, _, it’s not polluted.
A. however B. whenever C. moreover D. beside
7) she spoke slowly, I don’t understand her.
A. Since B. Although C. If D. As
8) We will wait her he comes back.
A. while B. until C. since D. for
9) Our teacher explained the lesson slowly we might understand him.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 92
A. and B. so that C. if not D. or
10) it rained heavily, we went to school on time.
A. Even though B. Despite C. Because D. Though not
11) Our visit to Japan was delayed my wife’s illness.
A. because B. because of C. thanks to D. although
12) he goes to the theatre with me, I shall go alone.
A. because of B. because C. unless D. when
13) He tries his best to work hard _ help her family get over the difficulties.
A. so as that B. in order that C. in order to D. so as not to
14) We moved to the front row we could hear and see better.
A. so as that B. because C. although D. so that
15) I made a mistake I was tired after the work.
A. though B. so that C. because D. if
16) Minh had a terrible headache. , he still wanted to go to school.
A. Therefore B. But C. However D. Although
17) My sister will take the plane to Singapore she dislikes flying.
A. because B. so that C. therefore D. though
18) My car broke down on the way. , when I got the airport, the plane had taken off.
A. Because B. However C. Therefore D. Although
19) His mother was sick. , Jane had to stay at home to look after her.
A. But B. However C. So D. Therefore
20) They asked me to wait for them; , he didn’t turn back.
A. but B. however C. so D. therefore
21) Many people still believe him very much he sometimes tell lies.
A. because B. since C. although D. despite
22) They were walking on the street there was an accident.
A. when B. while C. because D. so that
23) the darkness in the room, we couldn’t continue our studying.
A. because of B. since C. although D. in spite of
24) Mary tries to study as hard as possible she can get the scholaship to study in
England.
A. in order to B. so that C. because D. because of
25) She stopped at the post office she could send the letter to her parents.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 93
A. although B. so as to C. in order that D. despite
26) He didn’t wear warm clothes the cold weather in winter.
A. because B. although C. because of D. in spite of
27) What had you done _ I phoned you?
A. as soon as B. by the time C. after D. while
28) Tom couldn’t get a job he couldn’t speak English well.
A. because B. although C. because of D. in spite of
29) he knew the danger of smoking, he couldn’t give it up.
A. Since B. Though C. Because of D. Despite
30) He knew the danger of smoking; , he couldn’t give it up.
A. therefore B. but C. however D. although
31) their poverty in their family, they live happily together everyday.
A. as B. though C. because D. despite
32) He didn’t drink beer he was really thirsrty.
A. in spite of B. even though C. because D. since
33) We will go without him he comes here on time.
A. though B. unless C. Because D. If
34) Mike went ot the bank he cashed his cheque.
A. therefore B. so that C. however D. although
35) The students finish the test well its difficulties yesterday.
A. therefore B. in spite of C. however D. although
36) She has driven a car she studied at the university.
A. as soon as B. by the time C. after D. since
37) We started out on the trip the weather was extremely hot
A. because B. in spite of C. because of D. although
38) We should wait for her we had much time.
A. though B. unless C. because D. if
39) we had much time, we shouldn’t wait for her
A. Though B. Unless C. Because D. If
40) The food didn’t look appetizing; , many people liked enjoying it.
A. therefore B. so that C. however D. although
41) It was already 6p.m, we closed our office and went home.
A. therefore B. butC. however D. so

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 94
42) Ok! you can take Chemistry as your major. , you should remember that it is
not easy to learn.
A. Therefore B. But C. However D. Although
43) John succeeded in the exam his hard and methodical work.
A. because B. in spite of C. because of D. although
44) He didn’t stop his car the traffic light turned red.
A. because B. in spite of C. because of D. although
45) She didn’t join our programme she had to take a summer course at
the college.
A. so that B.because of C. because D. although
46) She wanted to go to bed early her bad tiredness.
A. because B. in spite of C. because of D. although
47) he had to take her mother to the hospital, he still attened our party
yesterday.
A. Because B. In spite of C. Because of D. Although
48) they had read these books, they went out.
A. As soon as B. Before C. After D. Since
49) The students couldn’t do the test its copmplicated problems.
A. because B. in spite of C. because of D. though
50) it got dark, they continued working.
A. Because B. In spite of C. Because of D. Even though

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 95
Unit 15: MAKING SUGGESTIONS
1. Định
nghĩa
Là mẫu câu dùng để diễn tả mong muốn của người nói hoặc một người khác với một người nhằm yêu
cầu người đó thực hiện mong muốn của mình.
Câu đề nghị là một trong những mẫu câu thông dụng được dùng trong giao tiếp hằng ngày.
2. Các mẫu câu đề nghị thường gặp
2.1 Let’s
Mẫu câu này dùng để yêu cầu ai đó cùng làm gì với mình.
Let’s = Let us
Let’s + V.inf
Ví dụ: Let’s
go!
(Chúng ta đi thôi nào!)
2.2 What about/ How about
Đưa ra gợi ý cùng làm công việc gì.
What about + NP/ N/ V.ing
How about + NP/ N/ V.ing
Ví dụ: What about eating out?
(Chúng ta cùng ra ngoài ăn nhé?)
2.3 Why not…/Why
don’t…? Why not + V.inf?
Why don’t we/ you + V.inf?
Ví dụ: Why don’t we hang out tonight?
(Tại sao chúng ta không đi chơi tối nay?)
2.4 Do you mind…/ Would you mind…?
Cấu trúc 1:
Do you mind/ Would you mind + V.ing?
Ví dụ: Would you mind opening the door?
(Bạn có phiền mở cửa giúp tôi không?)
Cấu trúc 2:
Do you mind/ Would you mind + if + clause?
Ví dụ: Do you mind if I listen to music?
(Bạn có phiền nếu tôi nghe nhạc không?)
Để trả lời những câu hỏi này, nếu đồng ý, ta có thể trả lời “OK/ Certainly”. Nếu không đồng ý, ta
có thể trả lời “No, I’m sorry”. Đó là những cách trả lời thông thường nhưng cũng rất lịch sự.
2.5 Can/ Could…, please?
Đây là mẫu câu đề nghị ai đó làm gì cho mình.
Can/ Could + S + V.inf …, please?
Ví dụ: Could you go out for a few minutes?
(Bạn có thể ra ngoài giúp tôi vài phút được không?)
2.6 Can/ Shall I …?

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 96
Đây là câu trúc đề nghị mình muốn làm gì cho ai đó.
Can/ Shall I + V.inf?

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 97
Ví dụ: Shall I bring this bag to your room?
(Tôi mang những cái túi này lên phòng cho bạn được không?)
2.7 Would you like…?
Đây là câu trúc đề nghị mình muốn làm gì cho ai đó.
Would you like + N?
Hoặc
Would you like + (đại từ) + to…?
Ví dụ: Would you like a cup of
coffee? (Bạn có muốn 1 tách cà phê
không?)
Would you like me to bring this cup of coffee to your room?
(Bạn có muốn tôi mang tách cà phê này lên phòng cho bạn không?)
2.8 Các cấu trúc đề nghị với “suggest”
Cấu trúc 1: S + suggest + V.ing
Ví dụ: Rose suggest bringing the umbrella.
(Rose đề nghị chúng tôi mang theo dù).
Cấu trúc 2: S + suggest + (that) + clause
Ví dụ: My mom suggest we should prepare for the exam
(Mẹ tôi đề nghị chúng tôi nên chuẩn bị cho bài kiểm tra)
Cấu trúc 3: Can/ could + S + suggest + …?
Ví dụ: Can you suggest serving the next dish?
(Bạn có thể đề nghị phục vụ món tiếp theo
không?)
2- PHRASAL VERBS
turn off: tắt đi, khóa lại
Ex: You should turn off the lights to save energy.
turn on: bật lên
Ex: I want to listen to the news. Can you turn on the radio?
look for: tìm kiếm
Ex: I’m looking for my glasses. I don’t remember where I left them.
look after: chăm sóc, trông nom
Ex: Remember to look after the children carefully when I’m not at home.
go on: tiếp tục, làm tiếp
Ex: If it goes on raining, there will be a flood.
3- MAKE SUGGESTIONS
-Khi đề xuất, đề nghị hay gợi ý ai đó làm gì, ta có thể dùng cấu trúc
Suggest + V-ing
Ex: I suggest fixing the faucet.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 98
Suggest + S + should
Ex: Mrs. Mi suggests that Mrs. Ha should get a plumber to check the pipes.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 99

EXERCISE

Ex1: Complete the sentences using the following connectives.and, but , so, or, therefore, however

1. Tom is a careful student, Tom’s brother is not.

2. Mai likes traveling to strange land her parents like traveling, too.

3. I thought they planted trees, they cut them down instead.

4. People want to use cars. , cars require so much energy to run.

5. It’s not very hot, _ I turn off the air conditioner.

6. How does your father go to work? By cars by public transport?

7. Every form of life requires a constant input of energy; we depends heavily on energy for
our survival.

8. Would you like to have a glass of cold water, _ you prefer a cup of hot tea?

9. We do not have much paper now; we should try to save it.

10. During the daytime, we can collect solar power, what about during the night.

Ex2: Complete the sentences using the following phrasal verbs.

turn off, turn on , look for, look after, go on

1. Before leaving the room, remember to all the lights.

2. You must the child carefully because he is playing with all these electric toys.

3. I often this small light to learn when I am in my own room.

4. If there is no one in the room, do not the TV.

5. “What are you doing there? I’m a book on energy uses”.

6.If you using hot water for all your machine washes, your electricity bill will be higher.
RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE
100
7. We can help save energy if we prepare food carefully before the stove.

8. Offices should all the lights during the night.

9. During the daytime, when the room is light enough, do not the lights.

10. Let’s work together to a better way to reduce energy uses.

Ex3: Rewrite each of sentences. Beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same.
1. Why don’t you have your hair cut?

→ She suggests I...................................................................................................

2. Why don’t we go hunting?

→ He suggests ......................................................................................................

Ex4: Put (√)at the end of the sentence if it is correct. If the sentence has a mistake, underline and
correct it.

1. She suggested that I should look for another flat.

2. She suggested me to buy a new bike.

3. It was suggested that Peter studies the material more thoroughly before attempting to pass
the exam.

Ex5: Write sentences for the following situations using SUGGEST.

1. My sister is suffering from stress. (bath)

2. She is putting on weight. (diet)

3. His bike has been stolen. (police)

4. What shall we do? (go shopping)

5. She has temperature. (hospital)

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE
UNIT 16 : TAG QUESTION 101

I. CÁCH THÀNH LẬP

1. Câu hỏi đuôi gồm có: chủ ngữ (phải là đại từ nhân xưng) và trợ động từ hay động từ đặc biệt.
2. Nếu câu phát biểu ở thể khẳng định thì câu hỏi đuôi ở thể phủ định và ngược lại.
3. Nếu câu hỏi đuôi ở thể phủ định thì phải dùng hình thức tĩnh lược (contractive form).
Ex:
STATEMENTS QUESTION-TAGS
He is a good boy, isn’t he?
The girl didn't come here yesterday, did she?
They will go away, won't they?
She hasn't left, has she?

II. ĐẶC BIỆT:

a. Phần đuôi của “I am” là “aren’t I” .
Eg: I’m going to do it again, aren’t I?
b. Imperatives and Requests ( Câu mệnh lệnh và câu yêu cầu):
+ Có phần đuôi là “won’t you?” khi câu phát biểu diễn tả lời
mời: Eg: Take your seat, won’t you? (Mời ông ngồi)
+ Có phần đuôi là “will you?” khi câu phát biểu diễn tả lời yêu cầu hoặc mệnh lệnh phủ định.
Eg: Open the door, will you? ( Xin vui lòng mở
cửa) Don’t be late, will you? (Đừng đi trễ nha.)
c. Phần đuôi của câu bắt đầu bằng “ Let’s ...” : là “shall we ?”
Eg: Let’s go swimming, shall we?
Nhưng phần đuôi của “Let us / Let me” là “will you”
d. Nothing, anything, something, everything được thay là thế bằng “ It” ở câu hỏi đuôi:
Eg : Everything will be all right, won’t it?
No one, Nobody, anyone, anybody, someone, somebody, everybody, everyone được thay thế
bằng “They” trong câu hỏi đuôi.
Eg: Someone remembered to leave the messages, didn’t they?
Lưu ý: Nothing, Nobody, No one được dùng trong mệnh đề chính, động từ ở câu hỏi đuôi sẽ
phải ở dạng thức khẳng định. (Vì Nothing, Nobody, No one có nghĩa phủ định)
Eg: Nothing gives you more pleasure than listening to music, does it ?
e. This/ That được thay thế là “It”. Eg: This won’t take long, will it?
f. These/ Those được thay thế là “They”. Eg: Those are nice, aren’t they?
g. Khi trong câu nói có từ phủ định như: seldom, rarely, hardly, no, without, never, few, little…
phần đuôi phải ở dạng khẳng định. Eg: He seldom goes to the movies, does he?
h. Nếu câu phát biểu có dạng : You ‘d better → câu hỏi đuôi sẽ là : hadn’t you ?
You’d rather → câu hỏi đuôi sẽ là : wouldn’t you ?
You used to → câu hỏi đuôi sẽ là : didn’t you ?
III. Ý nghĩa của câu hỏi đuôi:
Ý nghĩa của câu hỏi đuôi phụ thuộc vào ngữ điệu diễn đạt nó:
- Xuống giọng và hy vọng người nghe trả lời “yes”
- Lên giọng và người nghe có thể trả lời “yes or no”

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE
Exercise 1. Choose the word or phrase a, b, c or d that best completes the sentence:102
1. No one is better cook than his mother, ?
A. is she B. isn’t she C. are they D. aren’t they
2. Do it right now, ?
A. will you B. shall you C. do you D. don’t you
3. There are no easy ways to learn a foreign language, ?
A. are they B. are there C. aren’t they D. aren’t there
4. He seldom goes to the library, ?
A. doesn’t he B. is he C. does he D. isn’t he
5. Let’s go for a long walk, ?
A. will we B. shall we C .don’t you D. do you
6. I think he will join us, ?
A. doesn’t he B. won’t he C. will he D. don’t I
7. The film is good, ?
A. is it B. are they C. isn’t it D. aren’t they
8. You are going to the party, ?
A. is you B. are you C. aren’t you D. were you
9. He can speak English, _ ?
A. can he B. can’t he C. can’t him D. could he
10. You don’t know him, ?
A. do you B. don’t you C. are you D. aren’t you
11. Lan speaks Chinese very well, ?
A. does she B. doesn’t she C. is she D. was she
12. John has worked hard, ?
A. does he B. did he C. has he D. hasn’t he
13. They invited him to the party, ?
A. do they B. don’t they C. did they D. didn’t they
14. They are leaving here tomorrow ?
A. do they B. are they C. aren’t they D. did they
15. I’m a bit late, ?
A. am not I B. aren’t you C. are you D. aren’t I
16. No one is indifferent to praise, ?
A. is one B. isn’t one C. is he D. are they
17. Somebody has left these socks on the bathroom floor, ?
A. have they B. haven’t they C. has he D. hasn’t he
18. James owns a restaurant, ?
A. does he B. is he C. doesn’t he D. didn’t he
19. You aren’t too busy to talk, ?
A. are you B. have you C. aren’t D. do you
20. The ticket to London doesn’t cost a lot, ?
A. do they B. does it C. is it D. isn’t it
21. You don’t need me any more, ?
A. do I B. don’t I C. do you D. don’t you
22. Nobody knows who invited the wheel, ?
A. do they B. don’t they C. does it D. doesn’t it
RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE
23. Harry was working in Bristol then, ? 103
A. was Harry B. wasn’t he C. was he D. didn’t he
24. You’ll be home before midnight, ?
A. will you B .won’t you C. are you D. won’t you be
25. David is bringing some wine, ?
A. is he B. isn’t he C. is David D. isn’t David
26. Don’t leave anything behind, ?
A. do you B. don’t you C. will you D. shall we
27. That isn’t Bill driving, ?
A. is it B. is that C. isn’t that D. isn’t it
28. Nobody likes the play, ?
A. do they B. don’t they C. didn’t they D. did they
29. The children can read English, ?
A. can’t they B. can they C. they can D. they can’t
30. Your grandfather was a millionaire, ?
A. was he B. is he C. wasn’t he D. isn’t he
31. Your brother’s here, ?
A. is he B. are he C. isn’t he D. aren’t he
32. That was Ann on the phone, ?
A. was it B. was that C. wasn’t that D. wasn’t it
33. Tom didn't see her, ?
A. did Tom B. did he C. do Tom D. does he
34. Mary wasn't angry, _ ?
A. was she B. is she C. wasn’t she D. was Mary
35. Susan doesn't like ?
oysters,
A. did she B. does she C. doesn’t she D. she does
EXERCISE 2 : Add tag questions to the following.
1/ They want to come,…........................?
2/ Elizabeth is a dentist,........................... ?
3/ They won’t be here,............................?
4/ That is your umbrella,.............................?
5/ There aren’t many people here yet,.......................?
6/ He has a bicycle,…...........................?
7/ Peter would like to come with us to the party,..................................?
8/ Those aren’t Fred’s books,............?
9/ You have never been to Paris,…...........?
10/ Something is wrong with Jane today,...................?
11/ Everyone can learn how to swim,.........................?
12/ Nobody cheated in the exam,...............................?
13/ Nothing went wrong while I was gone,.................?
14/ I am invited,.............................?
15/ This bridge is not very safe,….................?
16/ These sausages are delicious,.....................?
17/ You haven’t lived here long,................?

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE
18/ The weather forecast wasn’t very good,......................? 104

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE
19/ He’d better come to see me,...............? 105
20/ You need to stay longer,................................?
EXERCISE 3 : Add tag questions to the following.
1. Lan enjoys watching TV after dinner, ?
2. Tam didn’t go to school yesterday, ?
3. They’ll buy a new computer, ?
4. She can drink lots of tomato juice everyday, ?
5. She may not come to class today, ?
6. We should follow the traffic rules strictly, ?
7. Your mother has read these fairy tales for you many times, . ?
8. He seldom visits you, ?
9. You’ve never been in Italy, . ?
10. That’s Bob, ?
11. No-one died in the accident, ?
12. I’m supposed to be here, ?
13. Nothing is wrong, ?
14. Nobody called the phone, ?
15. Everything is okay, ?
16. Everyone took a rest, ?
17. Going swimming in the summer is never boring, ?
18. Let’s dance together, ?
19. Don’t talk in class, ?
20. Sit down, ?
21. This picture is yours, ?
22. Hoa never comes to school late, ?
23. You took some photos on the beach, ?
24. He hardly ever makes a mistake, ?
25. We must communicate with you by means of e-mail or chatting, ?
26. Nobody liked the play, ?
27. She’d saved money if she bought fresh food, ?
28. The area was evacuated at once, ?
29. She’s very funny. She’s got a great sense of humor, ?
30. It never works very well, ?
31. Mr.Smith usually remembered his wife’s birthdays, ?
32. Neither of them offered to help you, ?
33. He ought to have made a note of it, ?
34. There’ll be plenty for everyone, ?
35. Let’s go out for dinner tonight, ?
36. That isn’t Bill driving, ?
37. Nothing went wrong, ?
38. There used to be trees here, ?
39. This won’t take long, ?
40. Don’t touch that button, ?

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE
UNIT 17 : COMPARISON 106

1. Equal comparisons: (equal degree)

* Form:
(+) S1 + be/ V + as + adj / adv + as + S2 + aux
E.g: He is as old as my father.
He drives as carefully as I (do).
Mai is as beautiful as her mother.
(-) S1 + be not / Aux verb+ as/so + adj/adv + as + S2 + aux
E.g: He is not as/so old as my father.
He doesn’t drive as/so carefully as I (do).
* Note:
- Đại từ làm chủ ngữ luôn được sử dụng sau “as”: You are as old as he
- We use equal degree when we want to emphasize how many times this object is more than that one.
E.g: Her husband is twice as old as she (is).
- Ý “bằng nhau, như nhau” có thể đuqược thay thế bằng cách diễn đạt khác:
S + V + the same + (noun) + as + noun/ pronoun
Ex: My house is as high as his = My house is the same height as his
Tom is as old as Mary = Tom and Mary are the same age
Adj noun
Heavy/ light weight
wide/ marrow width
deep/ shallow depth
long/ short length
big/ small size
old age

2. Comparatives:
* Short adjectives and adverbs:
S1 + be/ V + adj/ adv (short) + er + than + noun/ pronoun
E.g: You are thinner than he (is).
He runs faster than I (do).
Today is hotter than yesterday.
I am three years older than you are.
* Long adjectives and adverbs:
S1 + V + more + adj/ adv (long) + than + noun/ pronoun
E.g: He is more intelligent than I (am).
He drives more carefully than I (do).
Eg:
John’s grades are higher than his sister’s.
Today is hotter than yesterday.
This chair is more comfortable than the other.
He speaks Spanish more fluently than I .
He visits his family less frequently than she does.
This year’s exhibit is less impressive than last year’s.
- Để nhấn mạnh, ta có thể thêm much, a lot, far, a bit, a little vào trước so sánh hơn
Eg: Let’s go by car. It’s much cheaper.

RUBY SCHOOL FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 100
Her illness was far more serious than we thought at first.
- So sánh kém hơn: S + V + less + Adj/ Adv + than + noun/ pronoun
Eg: This book is less difficult than that one.
He ran less quickly than Bill.
3. Superlatives: so sánh nhất
S + be/V + the + adj/ adv (short) + est + in (danh từ số ít)
the most + long adjective/ adverb + of (danh từ số nhiều)
the least + adjective/ adverb
E.g: Nam is the tallest student in my class.
Cheetah runs the fastest in the world.
Nga is the most intelligent of all the students.
Those shoes are the least expensive of all.
* Qui tắc thêm “er/ est” vào sau tính từ:
- Tính từ một âm tiết tận cùng là 1 phụ âm đơn (trừ : w, x, z) đứng trước một nguyên âm đơn thì
gấp đôi phụ âm cuối + er/ est : big – bigger- biggest
- Tính từ 2 âm tiết, tận cùng là : y, le, et, ow, er ta biến đổi như tính từ ngắn : clever – cleverer
– cleverest
Happy – happier – happiest quiet – quieter – quietest
- Tính từ 1 âm tiết tận cùng là « e » câm :chỉ thêm ‘r’/ ‘st’ :
- Tính từ 1 âm tiết kết thúc bằng :phụ âm +y : đổi y thành i + er/
est Dry – drier/ driest
* Iregular adjectives/ adverbs
No Equal degree Comparative Superlative
1. bad/badly/ ill worse worst
2. good/ well better best
3. Much more most
4. Little less least
Far Farther (khoảng cách) farthest/ furthest
5.
/ further (thời gian)
Old Older (về tuổi tác) oldest/ eldest
6. Eldest (về cấp bậc hơn tuổi
tác)
Near Nearer Nearest (khoảng cách)
7
Next (thứ tự)
8. Late Later Latest (time)/ last (thứ tự)

4. Comparions with nouns

Danh từ cũng có thể được dùng làm so sánh trong cấu trúc so sánh bằng, hưn hoặc kém
+ S1 + V + as many/ much + N as noun/ pronoun
S1 +negative V as/ so few/ little +
E.g He earns as much money as I do.
I don’t have as/ so many friends as he does.
+ S1 + V + more/ fewer/ less + N + than noun/ pronoun
E.g He has collected more stamps than I have.
I have collected fewer stamps than he has.
5. So sánh gia bội (so sánh gấp nhiều lần)
Là loại so sánh gấp rưoi, gấp đôi gấp ba. Cấu trúc này không dùng cho so sánh hơn, kém mà dùng
cho so sánh bằng
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 101

S1 + V + Bội số + As much/ many + Noun+ as + S2

Bội số có thể bao gồm: half, twice, three times, four times ….
Thisdictionary costs twice as much as the other one.
At the clambake last week, Fred ate three times as many oysters as Barney.
Jerome has half as many records now as I had last year.
- Ta phải xác định danh từ số ít hay số nhiều để dùng much hay many
6. Double comparisons:
6.1. Càng ngày ….càng; mỗi lúc một hơn
+ Short adjective/ adverb: adj/ adv + er and adj/ adv + er
+ Long adj/ adv: more and more + adj/ adv
 Children spend more and more time watching TV.
(Trẻ con càng ngày càng dành nhiều thời gian cho ti
vi)
 She is getting fatter and
fatter. (Cô ấy càng ngày càng
béo)
She becomes more and more beautiful/ He is more and more studious.
6.2. Càng ngày càng it …; càng ngày càng kém
Với tính từ ngắn hay tính từ dài, ta theo công thức dưới đây:
Less and less + adj/ adv
Eg: My father becomes lass and less strong.

6.3. Càng …thì càng: (so sánh cấp tiến)

+ short adj/ adv:
The adj/ adv + er S – V, the adj/ adv + er S-V
Ex: The richer he gets, the weaker he
is The darker it gets, the colder it
is.
The sooner you take your medicine, the better you will feel.
The more you study, the smarter you will become.
+ Long adj/ adv: The more + adj/ adv S-V, the more + adj/ adv S-V
Ex: The more beautiful she is, the more miserable her husband is.
- Với động từ: the more……., the more ……
Ex: The more I hate him, the more he loves
me. The more she sings, the more I look at
her.
Note: Nhiều khi 2 vế không cùng một loại tính từ ngắn hay dài mà lẫn lộn
nhau. Ex: The more she smile, the more graceful she is.
6.4 Càng ít …., thì càng ít; càng kém…, thì càng kém
Với tính từ ngắn cũng như tính từ dài:
The lesS + adj …., the less + adj ….
EXERCISES
EXERCISE 1. Give the correct form of the adjectives and adverbs in brackets:
1. This chair is ..........................………………….. than that one. (comfortable)

2. Your flat is .....................………....... than mine. (large)

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 102

3. The weather today is ........................……… than it was yesterday. (hot)

4. The Nile is the .....................……….. river in the world. (long)

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 103
5. Chinese bicycles are ................…........….. than Japanese ones. (bad)

6. Mathematics is ........................…………………...….. than English. (difficult)

7. Ho Chi Minh is the.......................................................city in Viet Nam. (big)

8. He drives ................................. .. ……………than his friend. (careful)

9. She sings ........................……………………….. in this school. (beautiful)

10. I read ............................……………………….. than my sister. (slow)

11. Grace is ...........................………………….. girl in our class. (old)

12. This exercise is .........................…….…………..than that one. (easy)

13. He is twice .........................…….…………..as you. (fat)

14. Nam is .........................…….………….. student of all. (noisy)

15. My cold is ...................... today than it was yesterday. (good)

EXERCISE 2. Choose the best option to complete the following sentences:

1. The more she smiles ,..................she becomes.
A. more graceful B. the most graceful C. most graceful D. the more graceful
2. Hotels have developed..................................restaurants.
A. as rapidly as B. so rapidly as C. as rapid as D. more rapid
3. Can Tho bridge is the...................................one in the South of Viet Nam.
A. long B. shortest C. longest D. longer
4. Albert Einstein’s contributions to scientific theory were..................those of Galileo and Newton.
A. important than B. more important C. the most important D. as important as
5. Impalas cannot move as.................cheetahs but they are more efficient runners.
A. faster than B. fast as C. fast D. are fast as
6. Both are informative articles, but this one is ................ .
A. best B. the best C. most D. better
7. She is the....................girl in our town.
A. more beautiful B. beauty C. most beautiful D. more beautifully
8. The harder you learn.............
A. The better is your English B. The better will be your English
C. The better becomes your English D. The better your English will
be 9. Jim is the..............in his class.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 104
A. clever B. cleverest C. cleverer D. more clever
10. Of the two shirts, this one is ...................
A. the prettiest B. themost pretty C. prettier D. the
prettier 11. Your house is......mine.
A. as bigger as B. many times as big as C. much big as D. not many times big
12. Last year it wasn’t as cold as this year.
A. This year it is as colder than last year. B. This year it is colder than last year.
C. This year it isn’t as cold as last year. D. This year it isn’t colder than last year.
13. She is older than me.
A. I’m more younger than her. B. I’m as younger as her.
C. I’m more young than her. D. I’m younger than her.
14. The test is not …………………
A. as difficult as it was last month. B. so difficult as it was last month
C. more difficult as it was last month. D. Both A & B are
correct 15. The Nile River is.................of all.
A. longer B. the longest C. long D. longest
16. .................. we read,....................we know.
A. The most/ the mostB. The more/ the more C. Most/ most D. More/ more
17. It gets.....................Let’s go swimming.
A. hot and hot B. the more hot C. more and more hot D. hotter and hotter
18. Peter usually drives.....................Mary.
A. more fast B. more fast than C. more fast D. faster
19. The problem seems to be ..................
A. more serious B. more serious than C. more serious as D. more and more serious
20. Peter can not earn....................his wife.
A. as many money as B. as much money as C. as many money than D. as much money
than
21. Prices get ..................
A. high and high B. highest and highest C. more and more high D. higher and higher
22. The more manufacturers advise,...................they sell.
A. the most products B. the products more C. the more products D. most
products 23. ................. a car is....it is.
A. The more expensive/ the comfortabler B. The most expensive/ the most comfortable
C. The more expensive/ the more comfortable D. The less expensive/ the more comfortable

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 105
24. Of the five students. Mary is .................
A. more intelligent B. the more intelligent C. most intelligent D. the most
intelligent 25. Steel is than wood.
A. more heavy B. as heavy C. heavier D. more heavier
26. A super market is.................................a shopping center.
A. less convenient as B. less convenient than
C. not so convenient than D. the most convenient as
27. Viet Nam becomes.................................to foreign tourists.
A. more and most attractive B. the more attractive
C. much and more attractive D. more and more
attractive 28. This car is..................than mine.
A. less expensive B. as expensive C. expensive D. not so expensive
29. Tim’s grades are.................................than John.
A. worse B. worst C. as bad D. so bad
30. The.................................we start, the sooner we will be back.
A. early B. earliest C. earlier D. more early
EXERCISE 3: Complete the sentences using “Double” Comparatives
1. It’s becoming …………………..……… to find a job (hard)

2. The hole in your pullover is getting …………………..……… (big)

3. My bags seemed to get …………………..………as I carried them (heavy)

4. As I waited for my interview, I became …………………..……… (nervous)

5. As the day went on the weather got …………………..……… (bad)

6. Travelling is becoming …………………..……… (expensive)

7. As the conversation went on, he became …………………..………… (talkative)

8. Since she has been in England, her English has got ……………. (good)

EXERCISE 4: Choose the best option to complete each sentence:

1. Of the four dresses, which is..........................expensive?

A. the best B. the most C. the more D. the greater
2. The larger the apartment, the...................the rent.
A. expensive B. more expensive C. expensively D. most expensive
3. The faster we walk,…...............we will get there.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 106
A. the soonest B. the soon C. the more soon D. the sooner
4. “ Why did you buy these oranges? ” “They were....................I could find. ”
A. cheapest B. cheapest ones C. the cheapest ones D. the most cheapest
5. She plays the piano.....................as she sings.
A. as beautifully B. more beautifully C. as beautiful D. the
most beautifully
6. The streets are getting more and.....................these days.
A. crowded B. less crowded C. more crowded D. most crowded
7. The larger the city,......................the crime rate.
A. highest B. higher C. the highest D. the higher
8. You must explain your problems …………....
A. as clear as you can B. as clearly as you can C. as clear than you are D. as clearly as you
are
9. Pil is..........................person we know.
A. the happier B. the happiest C. happier D. happiest
10. Which woman are you going to vote for? –I’m not sure. Everyone says that Joan is………….
A. smarter B. the smarter C. more smarter D. more smart
11. Bill is ………………
A. lazier and lazier B. more and more lazy C. lazier and more lazy D. more lazy
and lazier
12. It’s too noisy here. Can we go somewhere............................?
A. noisier B. more quiet C. more noisy D. quieter
13. ………………..the time passes,......................I feel ! The deadline of my thesis is coming, but I
have just finished half of it.
A. The faster / the nervous B. The more fast / the nervous
C. The fast / the more nervous D. The faster / the more nervous
14. China is the country with.............................population.
A. the larger B. the more large C. the largest D. the most large
15. She sat there quietly, but during all that time she was getting....................Finally she exploded.
A. more and more angry B. the more angry C. angrierand angrier D. the most angry
16. For.........................., it is certain that in the future some things will be very different.
A. the better or the worse B. the good or the bad C. good or bad D. better or worse
17. Her grandfather’s illness was…..........................we thought at first.
A. more seriously as B. as seriously as B. more serious than D. as serious than

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 107
18. My brother was feeling tired last night, so he went to bed….............usual.
A. more early than B. as early as C more earlier as D. earlier
than 19. you study for these exams, you will do.
A. The harder / the better B. The more / the much
C. The hardest / the best D. The more hard / the more good
20. His house is mine.
A. twice as big as B. as twice big as C. as two times big as D. as big as twice
21. No one else in the class plays the guitar John.
A. as well B. as far as C. so well as D. as soon as
22. The town was nearer we thought it would be.
A. then B. that C. as D. than
23. the economic conditions today are they were in the past.
A. much more good B. much better than C. much better D. the best
than 24.Peter is student in my class.
A. taller than B. so tall as C. the talllest D. tallest
25.The deep oceans contain some of the of all living creatures.
A. strangest B. strange C. as strange as D. stranger
26.Jane is not her brother.
A. more intelligent as B. intelligent as C. so intelligent as D. so intelligent
that 27.He drives as his father does.
A. careful as B. more carefully C. the most careful D. carefully
as 28.What’s the film you’ve ever seen.
A. good B. best C. better D. the
best 29.Jane is age as Mary.
A. as same B. the most same C. the same D. more
same 30.I’ll be there I can.
A. sooner as B. no sooner as C. as soon as D. soonest
as 31.This shirt and that one .
A. alike B. are alike C. as like as D. the same
32.I would rather do any job be jobless.
A. beeter than B. more than C. than D. so
than 33.It is not so hot today as it yesterday.
A. is B. was C. will be D. has
been 34.Mr. Lam cannot earn his wife.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 108
A. as many money as B. as much money as
C. as many money than D. as much money than
35.I like Enlish French.
A. than B. more C. less D. better
than 36.The salary of a bus driver is much higher a teacher.
A. as that of B. than that of C. for D. to compare
with 37.Lili cannot swim as fast as can.
A. I B. me C. my D. mine
38.My car is yours.
A. more fast and economical than B. more fast and more economical than
C. faster and economical as D. faster and more economical than
39.I want to buy some shoes the ones you have on.
A. like B. are like C. are alike D. likely
40.Mary and her mother do not .
A. alike B. look like C. look alike D. like
41.Despite its smaller size, the Indian Ocean the Alantic Ocean.
A. as deep as B. is the same deep as C. deeper as D. is as deep
as 42.Sharon from other women I know.
A. different B. as different C. differsD. more
different 43.This one is prettier, but it costs as the other one.
A. as much as B. twice as much C. as many D. twice as
many 44.You can take as you want.
A. as many B. as much C. so much D. too
many 45.Of the two sisters, Linda .
A. is beautiful B. the most beautiful C. is more beautiful D. is so beautiful
as 46.The lab is from the bus stop than the library.
A. far B. farther C. furthur D. B and C
47.The accident in the history of the city occurred last night on the Freeway.
A. badest B.most bad C. worse D.
worst 48.He finished the test _ of all.
A. rapidly B. the most rapidly C. most rapidly D. more
rapidly 49.Many chemicals react in acid solutions.
A. more quick B. more quickly C. quicklier D. as quickly
more 50.It’s becoming to find a job.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 109
A. more difficult and more B. more and more difficult
C. most and more difficult D. more difficult than
51. electricity you use, your bill will
be.
A. more / higher B. the most / the higher C. the more / the high D. the more / the
higher 52.The more I got to know Tom, I liked him.
A. least B. the less C. the least D. the
fewer 53.The room in the front noisier than those in the back.
A. are more B. are little C. are much D. are
very 54. you are, you concentrate.
A. Tired / the least hard B. The more tired / the harder
C. The tireder / the harder D. The tired / the
harder 55. the man gets, he becomes.
A. the more old / the more weak B. the older / the weaker
C. the older / the weakest D. older /
weaker 56.Of all the candidates, Mr. Hung is probably .
A. the less qualified B. the qualified less C. the most little qualified D. the least
qualified 57. a car is, it is.
A. the expensive / the comfortabler B. the most expensive /the most comfortable
C. the more expensive / the more comfortable D. the less expensive / the more
comfortable 58.His house is mine.
A. larger and more comfortable than B. the most large and comfortable than
C. more large and comfortable than D. the largest and more comfortable
than 59. 100 billion stars are in the Milky Way.
A. As many as B. As much as C. As more as D. As most
as 60.The CDs here are more expensive over there.
A. those B. than those C. than that D. than
this 61.These two girls _ that I can’t tell them apart.
A. are so like B. are so alike C. are too alike D. alike
enough 62. other mammals, whales do not have a sense of smell.
A. Not alike B. Unlike C. Unlikely D. Dislike
63.The stomach of a cow, that of other ruminants, is divided into four
compartments.
A. likely B. similar C. same D.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 110
like 64.The larger the drop of water, freezing temperature.
A. the higher its B. its higher C. higher than its D. higher of its

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 111
65. Automobiles, airplanes, and buses use more energy per passenger .
A. trains do B. as trains C. as are trains D. than trains
do 66.“would you like to try this hat?” “Have you got one .”
A. with a wider brim B. a wider brim C. wich a wider brim D. a wider brim than
67.A cat would be to look after a dog.
A. easy / than B. easier / than C. easy / to D. the easiest /
than 68.The Duke of Westminster is .
A. second richest person B. the richest second person
C. the second richest person D. the richest the
second 69.The younger you are, it is to learn.
A. easier B. you are easier C. the easier D. the
easy 70. porpoises and dolphins, whales are mammals.
A. As B. Also C. Like D. When

EXERCISE 5. REWRITE EACH OF THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES IN SUCH A WAY

THAT IT HAS THE SAME MEANING AS THE SENTENCE PRINTED BEFORE IT.
1. My kitchen is smaller than yours.
Your kitchen ………………………………………………………………………
2. No one in the class is taller than Dave.
Dave is …………………………………………………………………………
3. Mum doesn’t speak English as well as Dad.
Dad ……………………………………………………………………………
4. Lan is better cook than Hoa.
Hoa can’t …………………………………………………………………...……
5. No restaurant in the city is better than that one.
That restaurant is …………………………………………………………………
6. This watch is worse than that one.
That watch ………………………………………………………………….……
7. My sister writes more carefully than she did.
My sister ………………………………………………………………………
8. This story is more interesting than any other story that I have ever read.
This is the………………………………………………………………………
9. She is the most beautiful girl I have ever known.
I’ve never..................................................................................................................
10. Peter does not drive so carefully as Tom.
Tom ………………………………………………………………………………
11. This is the most delicious cake I have ever tasted.
I have .............................................................................................................................
12. I have never met any more dependable person than Gorge.
Gorge is...........................................................................................................................
13. There isn’t anybody as kind-hearted as your mother.
Your mother.....................................................................................................................
14. There is no better teacher in this school than Mr John.
Mr John ............................................................................................................................

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 112
15. Have you got any bigger than that one?
It this .....................................................................................................................
16. No one I know is taller than he is.
He is .............................................................................................................................
17. Summer nights in Cairo are much warmer than in London.
In London ......................................................................................................................
18. Fewer people die from flu than 50 years ago.
Not as .............................................................................................................................
19. There is less rain in Tokyo than in Athens in January.
More rain ......................................................................................................................
20. There are fewer people in Taiwan than in Korea.
The population of Korea....................................................................................................
EXERCISE 6. IDENTIFY THE MISTAKE IN EACH SENTENCE BY CHOOSING A
SUITABLE OPTION.
1. Mr. Mender learned English rapidly and easy.
A B C D
2. The maid was careful to keep the room cleanly.
A B C D
3. His knowledge of English grammar is quite well.
A B C D
4. The last story was as interested as the other ones.
A B C D
5. Mr. Slater’s house is biger than
ours. A B C D
6. That brown chair is most comfortable than this one.
A B C D
7. Lan is the most pretty of all the
girls. A B C D
8. That lesson is a most difficult of all the lessons.
A B C D
9.Does your country have worse weather as this? A
B C D
10. This girl is the most beautiful of the two daughters that he has.
A B C D
11. Frank plays tennis worse of all the
players. A B C D
12. The most he tries, the more he succeeds.
A B C D
13. She can pronounce English words more correct than she could last term.
A B C D
14. In this class, the students are talking more loudlier than the
teacher. A B C D
15. This summer is hotter and winder than last summer.
A B C D
16. You should practise English oftener to be a better speaker of
English. A B C D
17. Ha Anh can now speak English more well than the last time I met him.
A B C D
18. She is much more intelligent than Nam does.
A B C D

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 113
19. The more rich he is, the more miserable he
gets. A B C D
20. The harder we studied, the most confused we
got. A B C D
EXERCISE 7: Combine the ideas given into a double comparative:
1- As he got older, he became more and more bad-tempered.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2- He worked hard. He felt very bad.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3- When we think of the exam, we get more and more excited.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
4- As this road gets busier, it becomes more and more dangerous.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5- When you get near to the Equator, the temperature becomes high.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
6- If she stays in England a long time, her English will be very good.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
7- When I write fast, my writing becomes illegible.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
8- She sings well. A lot of people admire her.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
9- She visited many countries. She had lots of friends
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
10- He works harder. He feels more tired.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
11- The value of a picture depends on how famous the artist is.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
12- How well I sleep depends on how late I go to bed.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
14- I don't spend much time with my family because I work so hard.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
15- The traffic moves very slowly as more cars come into the city.

EXERCISE 8: Choosethebest answer:

1. Of the four dresses, which is...........................expensive?
A. the best B. the most C. the more D. the greater
2. The larger the apartment, the...................the rent.
A. expensive B. more expensive C. expensively D. most expensive
3. The faster we walk,…...............we will get there.
A. the soonest B. the soon C. the more soon D. the sooner
4. “ Why did you buy these oranges? ” “They were....................I could find. ”
A. cheapest B. cheapest ones C. the cheapest ones D. the most cheapest
5. She plays the piano.....................as she sings.
A. as beautifully B. more beautifully C. as beautiful D. the most beautifully

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 114
6. The streets are getting more and.....................these days.
A. crowded B. less crowded C. more crowded D. most crowded
7. The larger the city,......................the crime rate.
A. highest B. higher C. the highest D. the higher
8. You must explain your problems …………....
A. as clear as you can B. as clearly as you can
C. as clear than you are D. as clearly as you
are 9. Pil is....................person we know.
A. the happier B. the happiest C. happier D. happiest
10. Which woman are you going to vote for? –I’m not sure. Everyone says that Joan is………….
A. smarter B. the smarter C. more smarter D. more smart
11. Bill is ………………
A. lazier and lazier B. more and more lazy
C. lazier and more lazy D. more lazy and lazier
12. It’s too noisy here. Can we go somewhere............................?
A. noisier B. more quiet C. more noisy D. quieter
13. ………………..the time passes,......................I feel ! The deadline of my thesis is coming, but I
have just finished half of it.
A. The faster / the nervous B. The more fast / the nervous
C. The fast / the more nervous D. The faster / the more nervous
14. China is the country with.............................population.
A. the larger B. the more large C. the largest D. the most large
15. She sat there quietly, but during all that time she was getting....................Finally she exploded.
A. more and more angry B. the more angry
C. angrier and angrier D. the most angry
16. For.........................., it is certain that in the future some things will be very different.
A. the better or the worse B. the good or the bad
C. good or bad D. better or worse
17. Her grandfather’s illness was…..........................we thought at first.
A. more seriously as B. as seriously as
C. more serious than D. as serious than
18. My brother was feeling tired last night, so he went to bed….............usual.
A. more early than B. as early as C. more earlier as D. earlier than

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 115
UNIT 18 : INVERSION ( CÂU ĐẢO NGỮ)
1. Đảo ngữ với NO và NOT
No+ N +
auxiliary+S+Verb(inf)
Not any+ N+ auxiliary+ S+ verb(inf)
Eg: No money shall I lend you from now on
= Not any money shall I lend you from now on
2. Đảo ngữ với các trạng từ phủ định: Never, Rarely, Seldom, Little, Hardly ever,.....
Never/ Rarely/ Seldom /Little/ Hardly ever+ auxiliary+ S+ V
Hardly ever does he speak in the public
Little did I know that he was a compulsive liar.
3. Đảo ngữ với ONLY
Only in this/that way: chỉ bằng cách này/đó
Only in this way could the problem be solved
Only after+ N: Chỉ sau khi làm gì
Only after all guest had gone home could we relax
Only by V_ing/ N: Chỉ bằng cách làm gì
Only by practising English everyday can you speak it fluently
Only when+ clause: Chỉ khi làm gì
Only when her friends told me did I know she had been well-known.
Only when I understand her did I like her
Only with+ N: Chỉ với cái gì
Only with the bank's loan could he buy the car.
Only in + adv of time/ place
Only in my house can I live comfortably
4. Đảo ngữ với các cụm từ có
No At no time: Không bao giờ
The result of the match was never in doubt
=> At no time/never was the result of the match in doubt
On no condition: trong hoàn cảnh nào cũng ko
On no account + auxiliary+ S+ N: Dù bất cứ lý do gì cũng không
On no accout must this switch be touched.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 116
On no account should you be late for the Exam.
Under/ in no circumstances: Dù trong bất cứ hoàn cảnh nào cũng không
You shouldn’t lend him the money under any circumstances
= Under no circumstances should you lend him the money.
For no reason: Không vì lí do gì
I won’t stop loving you for any reason = For no reason will I stop loving you
In no way: Không bao giờ Eg: In no way could I agree with you.
No longer: Không còn nữa
The money is not to be paid under any circumstances
= Under no circumsstances is the money tobe paid
On no condition shall we accept their proposal
By no means: Hoàn toàn không
By no means does he intend to criticize your
idea. 5. No sooner.......... than.....Vừa mới...thi ̀
đã... Hardly/ Bearly/ Scarely. When/ before
Hardly had I arrived home when the phone rang. = I had hardly arrived home when the phone rang.
6. Đảo ngữ với Not only....... but......also.....không những…….mà còn…..
Not only + trợ động từ + S +V + but also + S + V…
hoặc Not only + trợ động từ + S + V but.... also..........
Not only does he sing well but he also plays musical instruments perfectly
Not only does he study well, but also he sings well.
7. Đảo ngữ với SO
So+ adj/ adv + auxiliary + S+V+ that clause
So strange was the situation that I couldn't sleep.
So difficult is the test that students need three months to prepare.
So quickly he drove that he crashed into a car
8. Câu đảo ngữ có chứa “Such”-> “Such + to be + Danh từ +…”
· Such is the moment that all greats traverse.
Lưu ý: Thường khi gặp “so great, so much + Noun” thì ta dùng đảo ngữ với “such”
The problem is so great that everybody is concerned of it.
=> Such is the problem that everybody is concerned of it.
9. Đảo ngữ với until/ till+ clause/ adv of time+ auxiliary+ S+ V
I didn't know that I had lost my key till I got home
= Not until/ till I got home did I know that I had lost my key

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 117
10. Đảo ngữ với Nowhere+ Au+ S+….
Nowhere in the VN is the cenery as beautiful as that in my country
11. Đảo ngữ sử dụng Preposition/adv chỉ địa điểm/here/there đầu câu: V nằm ngay sau cụm từ
The dog lies under the table = Under the table lies a dog
There goes the bus!
Here comes George!
12. Đảo ngữ sử dụng trạng từ chỉ tần
suất Twice a week do I walk around the
lake
13. Đảo ngữ với câu điều kiện
* loại 1
a) Câu điều kiện loại 1 dạng đặc biệt có sử dụng “ should” thay hiện tại không xác định chỉ
khả năng xáy ra ít hơn ở tương lai. Đảo “should” lên đầu câu thay “If”
Eg: If I t should rain tonight, I will stay at home => Should it rain..........
- Nếu câu không có should mượn should đặt lên đầu câu thay cho if.
eg. if it rains, I will stay at home =>Should it rain, I will stay at
home.
b) Điều kiện loại 1 dạng đặc biệt có sử dụng thì hiện tại hoàn thành
Lấy “should” thay “If” sao đó để nguyên thể hoàn thành với “have done” ở tất cả các
ngôi Eg: If she has finished the work, she can go home -> Should she have finished
..........
* loại 2
a) Mệnh đề điều kiện loại 2 có dùng động từ were:
Eg: If I were you, i would love him -> Were I you.................
If I learnt English, I would read a English book.
-> Were I to learn English, I would read a English book.
b) Trong mẫu câu điều kiện loại 2 đặc biệt có dùng “If” đầu câu ( nếu không phải vì.................
)“were” khỏi “not’’sau đó đảo lên đầu câu thay “if”)
Eg: If it weren’t for your progress, i wouldn’t be here -> Were it not your ...
c) Mẫu câu điều kiện loại 2 đặc biệt: đảo “were” lên đầu câu thay “If”= If + S+ were+ to V,…
Eg: If i were to speak to Minh, I would… -> Were I speak to Minh,…
* loại 3
a) Dùng “Had” đảo lên đầu câu thay “If”
Eg: If she had worked harder last year, she wouldn’t have failed the exam

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 118
=> Had she worked harder last year............
b) Câu điều kiện loại 3 đặc biệt đi với đại từ “it” đầu câu
If it hadn’t been for + N ==> Nếu không phải vì.......

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 119
=> Tách “had” ra khỏi “not” đảo lên đầu câu thay “If”
Eg: If it hadn’t been for hot weather,we …. => Had it not been for............................
c) CĐK loại 3 dạng đặc biệt có sử dụng” were to have done” thay quá khứ hoàn thành
Eg; If she had driven carefully, she wouldn’t have cause the accident =>If she were to havedriven....
Đảo “were” lên đầu câu thay “If” ==> Were she to have driven

EXERCISES
I/ Rewrite each of the following sentences with the given words in such a way that it means
the same as the sentence printed above it.
1. As a boy I have climbed that hill many a time.
……………………………………………………………………………………
2. His faithful dog sat by his site.
……………………………………………………………………………………
3. The book that you wanted is here.
……………………………………………………………………………………
4. The young man came into the room.
……………………………………………………………………………………
5. He had hardly gone out when it began to rain.
……………………………………………………………………………………
6. Keith can be held responsible for the accident in no way.
……………………………………………………………………………………
7. I was shown how to operate the machine at no time.
……………………………………………………………………………………
8. Miss Weaver will be offered the job under no circumstance.
……………………………………………………………………………………
9. I will go all that way to visit him again on any account.
……………………………………………………………………………………
10. You will find so many happy people nowhere else.
……………………………………………………………………………………
11. He has first class brain but he also a tremendously hard worker not only .
……………………………………………………………………………………
12. They had granted one increase of pay than they asked for another no sooner.
……………………………………………………………………………………
13. It is seldom wise to disregard the advice that he gives.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 120
……………………………………………………………………………………
14. I had heard such an extraordinary story never before.
……………………………………………………………………………………
15. He had rarely met such a beautiful girl.
……………………………………………………………………………………
16. He knows little what is going on.
……………………………………………………………………………………
17. They will stay in that hotel never again.
……………………………………………………………………………………
18. A movie can very seldom hold my attention like this one.
……………………………………………………………………………………
19. They have invited us to their home not once.
……………………………………………………………………………………
20. I have never heard such nonsense!
……………………………………………………………………………………
21. Our profits this year are higher than they have ever been.
……………………………………………………………………………………
22. One rarely finds good service these days.
……………………………………………………………………………………
23. Public borrowing has seldom been so high.
……………………………………………………………………………………
24. They little suspected that the musical was going to be a runaway success.
……………………………………………………………………………………
25. The embassy staff little realized that Ted was a secret agent.
……………………………………………………………………………………
26. Keith certainly can’t be held responsible for the accident.
……………………………………………………………………………………
27. The children themselves are not in any way to blame for the disaster.
…………………………………………………………………………………
28. The existence of extraterrestrial is not confirmed by the report.
………………………………………………………………………………………
29. I was never shown how to operate the machinery.
……………………………………………………………………………………
30. He never suspected that she was a witch.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 121
……………………………………………………………………………………
31. There has never been a time when the English language was not in a state of change.
…………………………………………………………………………………...
32. Miss Weaver will not be offered the job under any circumstances.
……………………………………………………………………………………
33. You should not send money to us by post under any circumstances.
……………………………………………………………………………………
34. We can’t exchange tickets in any circumstances.
……………………………………………………………………………………
35. I won’t go out that way to visit him again on my account!
……………………………………………………………………………………
36. He is my friend as well as yours.
……………………………………………………………………………………
37. He booked tickets for the afternoon performance and the evening performance as well.
……………………………………………………………………………………
38. Burglars stole a thousand pounds’ worth of electrical goods, and left the flat in an awful mess.
……………………………………………………………………………………
39. Tony was not only late, but he had left all his books behind.
……………………………………………………………………………………
40. You will enhance your posture and improve your acting ability on this course.
……………………………………………………………………………………
41. I only realized how dangerous the situation had been when I got home.
……………………………………………………………………………………
42. It wasn’t until last week that the Agriculture Minister admitted defeat.
……………………………………………………………………………………
43. I understood Hamlet only after seeing it on the stage.
……………………………………………………………………………………
44. They didn’t get round to business until they had finished eating.
……………………………………………………………………………………
45. They had to wait for twelve hours before their flight left.
……………………………………………………………………………………
46. If the chemical were to leak, a large area of the sea would be contaminated.
……………………………………………………………………………………
47. If Germany were to beat Romania, they would face Italy in the final.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

 EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 122
……………………………………………………………………………………
48. If Mr. Morgan were still head master, he would not permit such bad behavior.
……………………………………………………………………………………
49. If you had given it on time, you would have got a high mark.
……………………………………………………………………………………
50. If she had become a lawyer, as her parents wished, she would have earned a large salary.
……………………………………………………………………………………
51. If anything has gone wrong with my plan, I would have held responsibility.
……………………………………………………………………………………
52. If the Government were forced into another election, it would be the favorite to win.
……………………………………………………………………………………
53. If you should have further problems with your printer, contact your dealer for advice.
……………………………………………………………………………………
54. If you should decide to accept the post, you will be expected to start work on 1st April.
……………………………………………………………………………………
55. He spent all his money. He even borrowed some from me.
Not only……………………………………………………………..
56. He had hardly left the office when the telephone rang.
No sooner ……………………………………………………
57. I had only just put the phone down when the boss rang back.
Hardly ………………………………………………………………
58. He didn’t finish his work until the bell rang.
Not until ……………………………………………………………….
59. We only began to see the symptoms of the disease after several
months. Only………………………………………………………….
60. I have never seen anyone in my life drink as much as
you.
Never………………………………………………….
61. A sleeping dog was lying under the table.
Under the table ……………………………………………..
62. His brother had rarely been more excited.
Rarely………………………………………………………
63. The facts were not all made public until later.
Only………………………………………………………..

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 123
64. If I had realized what would happen, I wouldn’t have accepted the job.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 124
Had…………………………………………………………………….
65. Harry broke his leg, and also injured his shoulder.
Not only ……………………………………………………….
66. If you do happen to see Helen, could you ask her to call me?
Should…………………………………………………………………
67. The bus driver cannot be blamed for the accident in any way.
In …………………………………………………………………
68. The snowfall was so heavy that all the trains had to be cancelled.
So …………………………………………………………………
69. If the government raised interest rates. They would lose the
election.
Were…………………………………………………………………
70. As soon as I got into the bath, someone knocked at the door.
No sooner…………………………………………………………………
71. There was so much uncertainty that the financial markets remained
closed.
Such…………………………………………………………………
72. It’s not common for there to be so much rain in March.
Seldom…………………………………………………………………
73. You won’t allowed in until your identify has been checked.
Only…………………………………………………………………
74. The Prime Minister has hardly ever made a speech as inept as this.
Rarely…………………………………………………………………
75. We had only just arrived home when the police called.
Scarcely……………………………………………………………………
88. The way so much money has been spent to so little purpose must be a record.
Never before………………………………………………………………..
89. She had never been so happy before.
………………………………………………………………..
90. I have never heard such nonsense!
………………………………………………………………..

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 125
UNIT 19 : SUBJECT AND VERB AGREEMENT
Tuẩn 3 - Bài 1. SỰ HÒA HỢP GIỮA CHỦ TỪ VÀ ĐỘNG TỪ
(Subject-Verb agreement)
A. Nguyên tắc thông thường về sự hòa hợp giữa chủ từ và động từ:
- Chủ từ số ít + động từ số ít (Singular subject + singular verb)
- Chủ từ số nhiều + động từ số nhiều (Plural subject + plural verb)
Ví dụ: My father has retired from work.
They are working in the garden.
B. Chú ý sự hòa hợp giữa chủ từ và động từ trong một số trường hợp sau:
1. Danh từ không đếm được (uncountable nouns), kết hợp với động từ số ít:
The grass is growing all over the field.
2. Các danh từ nối với nhau bằng liên từ and kết hợp với động tù số nhiều.
Rice and rubber from Vietnam are exported to many countries.
Bread and butter were bought in large quantities.
Nhưng khi các danh từ tạo thành một ý tưởng duy nhất, chúng kết hợp với động từ số
ít: Bread and butter was all we had. (= bread with butter on it)
3. Với các danh từ nối với nhau bằng or, either...or, not... but, not only... but also, động từ kết
hợp với danh từ gần nhất:
Either Mary or I come to the party.
Not only alcohol but also cigarettes are banned in the campus.
Neither my friends nor I am in the school team.
4. Với các danh từ nối với nhau bằng with, like, as well as, together with, along with, in
addition to, other than, động từ kết hợp với danh từ đầu tiên (chính là chủ từ của động từ):
The manager, together with his assistants, has arrived.
The kitchen, as well as the toilets, is painted in blue.
5. Sự kết hợp giữa chủ từ và các từ như every, each, one:
Each/ every + danh từ số ít + động từ số ít
Each of/ One of + danh từ số nhiều + động từ số ít
Each Student/Each of the students has to do homework.
6. Some, part, all, most, almost, the rest, the remainder of... và các phân số kết hợp với động từ
số nhiều hoặc số ít tùy thuộc vào danh từ theo sau of:
-Động từ ở hình thức số ít nếu danh từ ở hình thức số ít.
-Động từ ở hình thức số nhiều nếu danh từ ở hình thức số nhiều.
Most of the house was destroyed.
Most of the tomatoes are too ripe.
Some of the fruits were not fresh.
Three quarters of the earth’s surface is water.
Only a third of the students are qualified for the new course.
7. Đại từ bất định (indefinite pronouns) kết hợp với động từ số ít.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 126
Đại từ bất định thường có dạng:
every- (everything, everyone, everybody)
some- (something, someone, somebody)
any- (anything, anyone, anybody)
no- (nothing, no one, nobody)
Someone has eaten all the food.
Nobody wants to attend the meeting.
8. Các danh từ chỉ sự đo lường, thời gian, khoảng cách, các tựa đề sách thường kết hợp với động từ
số ít:
Twenty kilometers is too far to walk.
Five minutes is not enough for me to do it.
A hundred thousand dollars is a big sum of money.
9. Trong mẫu câu 'There + be + danh từ’ (Có...), động từ kết hợp với danh từ, nếu có nhiều danh
từ thì nó thường kết hợp với danh từ đầu tiên:
There are many books on the table.
There is a table and four chairs in the room. There are four chairs and a table in the room.
10. Khi từ để hỏi (who, what, which), cụm từ hoặc mệnh đề làm chủ từ thì ta dùng động từ với
hình thức số ít:
Who wants tea? - We all do, please.
What has happened? - Several things have happened.
What the boy wants now is a glass of water.
Reading books is one of my favorite hobbies.
11. Danh từ tập hợp (collective nouns) thường đi với động từ số ít nếu ta xét nó một cách toàn thể
hoặc với động từ số nhiều nếu ta xét từng bộ phận/ thành viên của nó:
The whole team is playing very well.
My family is a happy one.
My family are early risers.
Danh từ tập hợp thường gặp:
army (quân đội) association (hiệp hội) audience (khán giả)
board (ban, ủy ban) choir (đội đồng ca) class (lớp học)
club (câu lạc bộ) college (cao đăng) committee (ủy ban)
community company congress (quốc hội)
(cộng đồng) (nhóm người cùng với nhau)
council (hội đồng) crew (nhóm, đội...) crowd (đám đông)
family (gia đình) gang (băng nhóm) government (chính
phủ) group (nhóm) jury (hội đồng xét xử) military (quân đội)
navy (hải quân) orchestra (ban nhạc) staff (toàn bộ nhân viên)
team (đội, nhóm) university (đại học)
12. Một số danh từ có hình thức số nhiều hoặc danh từ chỉ vật gồm hai thành phần như nhau kết hợp
với động từ số nhiều:

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 127
goods (hàng hóa) belongings (vật mang theo)
clothes (quần áo) earnings (tiền kiếm được)
outskirts (vùng ven) surroundings (vùng xung quanh)
scissors (cái kéo), pincers/ pliers (cái kìm), shorts (quần soóc), trousers/ pants (quần tây), jeans
(quần gin), glasses/ spectacles (kính đeo mắt), binoculars (ống nhòm), shoes (giầy), sneakers
(giầy để chơi quần vọt), boots (giầy ống)
 Chú ý: A pair of + danh từ gồm hai thành phần (dạng số nhiều) + động từ số ít
Ví dụ: A pair of binoculars is necessary for your trip.
Your new pair of jeans is really fashionable.
13. Tên các môn học, căn bệnh, môn thế thao và một vài từ khác có tận cùng
-s kết hợp với động từ số ít:
Môn học: mathematics (toán), physics (vật lí), politics (chính trị học), economics (kinh tế học),
statistics (môn thống kê)
Căn bệnh: measles (bệnh sởi), mumps (bệnh quai bị), rickets (bệnh còi xương), AIDS (bệnh
AIDS) Môn thể thao: athletics (điền kinh), gymnastics (thể dục dụng cụ), billiards (môn bi-da),
dorts (trò chơi ném phi tiêu), dominoes (cờ đôminô)
Từ khác: news (tin tức, thời sự)
Mathematics is my favorite subject.
Measles is a dangerous disease.
Dominoes is a good game for relaxing.
14. Một số danh từ số nhiều không có tận cùng -s/es kết hợp với động từ số nhiều:
people (dân chúng), children (trẻ em), women (phụ nữ), police (cảnh sát), cattle (gia súc lớn
như trâu, bò), fish (cá), sheep (cừu), deer (nai, hươu), reindeer (tuần lộc)
Many young people are out of work now.
Sheep were grazing in the fields.
15. Danh từ chỉ ngôn ngữ kết hợp với động từ số ít, danh từ chỉ dân tộc (the + nationality) kết hợp
với động từ số nhiều:
English is spoken in many parts of the world.
The English really like to drink tea.
16. The number of + danh từ (dạng so nhiều) + động từ (dạng số ít)
A number of + danh từ (dạng số nhiều) + động từ (dạng số
nhiều) The number of days in a week is 7.
A number of students were absent yesterday.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 128
Exercises
I. Choose the correct form of the verb that agrees with the subject.
1. Annie and her brothers (is, are) at school.
2. Either my mother or my father (is, are) coming to the meeting.
3. The dog or the cats (is, are) outside.
4. Either my shoes or your coat (is, are) always on the floor.
5. George and Tamara (doesn't, don't) want to see that movie.
6. Benito (doesn't, don't) know the answer.
7. One of my sisters (is, are) going on a trip to France.
8. The man with all the birds (live, lives) on my street.
9. The movie, including all the previews, (take, takes) about two hours to watch.
10. The players, as well as the captain, (want, wants) to win.
11. Either answer (is, are) acceptable.
12. Every one of those books (is, are) fiction.
13. Nobody (know, knows) the trouble I've seen.
14. (Is, Are) the news on at five or six?
15. Mathematics (is, are) John's favorite subject, while Civics (is, are) Andrea's favorite subject.
16. Eight dollars (is, are) the price of a movie these days.
17. (Is, Are) the scissors in this drawer?
18. Your pants (is, are) at the cleaner's.
19. There (was, were) fifteen candies in that bag. Now there (is, are) only one left!
20. The committee (debates, debate) these questions carefully.
21. The committee (leads, lead) very different lives in private.
22. The Prime Minister, together with his wife, (greets, greet) the press cordially.
23. All of the CDs, even the scratched one, (is, are) in this case.
24. The man with his son (walk, walks) down my street every evening.
25. One of the students in my class (are, is) often late for school.
II. Complete the correct form of the verb that agrees with the subject
1/ She and her friends (be)..............................at the fair at the
moment. 2/ The book or the pen (be)...............in the drawer.
3/ The boy or his friends (run)..............................every day.
4/ His friends or the boy (run)................................every day.
5/ He (not like) ............................ it. They (not like)................................it.
6/ One of the boxes (be)..............................open
TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 129
7/ The people who listen to that music (be)..............................few.
8/ The team captain, as well as his players, (be)...............................anxious.
9/ The book, including all the chapters in the first section, (be)..............................boring.
10/ The woman with all the dogs often (walk)...............................down my street.
11/ Each of these hot dogs (be)...............................juicy.
12/ Everybody (know)..............................Mr. Jones.
13/ Either (be)...............................correct.
14/ The news (be)..............................on at six.
15/ Five dollars (be)..............................a lot of money.
16/ Dollars (be)..............................often used instead of rubles in Russia.
17/ These scissors (be)..............................dull.
18/ Those trousers (be).............................made of wool.
19/ There (be).............................many questions.
20/ There (be).............................a question.
21/ The team (run)................................during practice.
22/ The committee (decide)...............................how to proceed.
23/ The family (have)................................a long history.
24/ My family (have)................................never been able to agree.
25/ The President, accompanied by his wife, (be)..............................traveling to India.
26/ All of the books, including yours, (be)..............................in that box.
27/ The football team, including the goal keeper (be).............................11 players.
28/ The news on TV ( be).....................................very informative.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 130
UNIT 20 : MẠO TỪ ARTICLES
Indefinite articles (Mạo từ không xác định "a" và "an")
Dùng "an" trước một danh từ bắt đầu bằng:
 4 nguyên âm A, E, I, O.
 2 bán nguyên âm U, Y. (uncle, unnatural, umbrella)
Ghi nhớ: uể oải dùng “an”
 Những danh từ bắt đầu bằng "h" câm (an heir/ hour/ herbal (Adj: thảo mộc)/ honor)
 Những từ mở đầu bằng một chữ viết tắt (an S.O.S/ an M.P)
 Lưu ý: Đứng trước một danh từ mở đầu bằng "uni..." phải dùng "a" (a university/ a
uniform/ universal/ union) (Europe, eulogy (lời ca ngợi), euphemism (lối nói trại),
eucalyptus (cây khuynh diệp) )
Dùng "a" trước danh từ bắt đầu bằng một phụ âm.
Được dùng trước một danh từ không xác định về mặt vị trí/ tính chất/ đặc điểm hoặc được nhắc đến
lần đầu tiên trong câu.
Dùng trong các thành ngữ chỉ số lượng nhất định như: a lot of/a great deal of/a couple/a dozen.
Dùng trước những số đếm nhất định thường là hàng ngàn, hàng trăm như a/one hundred - a/one
thousand.
Dùng trước "half" (một nửa) khi nó theo sau một đơn vị nguyên vẹn: a kilo and a half, hay khi nó
đi ghép với một danh từ khác để chỉ nửa phần (khi viết có dấu gạch nối): a half - share, a half -
holiday (ngày lễ chỉ nghỉ nửa ngày).
Dùng với các đơn vị phân số như 1/3 a/one third - 1/5 a /one fifth.
Dùng trong các thành ngữ chỉ giá cả, tốc độ, tỉ lệ: $5 a kilo, 60 kilometers an hour, 4 times a day.
Dùng trước các danh từ số ít đếm được. trong các thán từ what a nice day/ such a long life.
A + Mr/ Mrs/ Ms + family name = một ông/ bà/ cô nào đó (không quen biết).
Definite articles: (Mạo từ xác định "The")
Dùng trước một danh từ đã được xác định cụ thể về mặt tính chất, đặc điểm, vị trí hoặc được nhắc
đến lần thứ hai trong câu.
The + danh từ + giới từ + danh từ
The girl in blue, the Gulf of Mexico.
Dùng trước những tính từ so sánh bậc nhất hoặc only.
The only way, the best day.
Dùng cho những khoảng thời gian xác định (thập niên): In the 1990s
The + danh từ + đại từ quan hệ + mệnh đề phụ
The man /to whom you have just spoken /is the chairman
Trước một danh từ ngụ ý chỉ một vật riêng biệt
She is in the (= her) garden
The + danh từ số ít tượng trưng cho một nhóm thú vật hoặc đồ vật
The whale = whales (loài cá voi), the deep-freeze (thức ăn đông lạnh)
Lưu ý: Nhưng đối với man khi mang nghĩa "loài người" tuyệt đối không được dùng the.
Since man lived on the earth (kể từ khi loài người sinh sống trên trái đất này)
Dùng trước một danh từ số ít để chỉ một nhóm, một hạng người nhất định trong xã hội.
The small shopkeeper: Giới chủ tiệm nhỏ/ The top offcial: Giới quan chức cao cấp

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 131
The + adj: Tượng trưng cho một nhóm người, chúng không bao giờ được phép ở số nhiều nhưng
được xem là các danh từ số nhiều. Do vậy động từ và đại từ đi cùng với chúng phải ở ngôi thứ 3 số
nhiều.
The old = The old people/ The unemployed/ The disabled are often very hard in their moving
The + tên các vùng/ khu vực đã nổi tiếng về mặt địa lý hoặc lịch sử
The Sahara (desert)/ The Siberia (tundra)/ The Normandic
The + East/ West/ South/ North + Danh từ
used as adjective
The North/ South Pole (Bắc/ Nam Cực), The East End of London (Khu đông Lôn Đôn)

Lưu ý: Nhưng không được dùng THE trước các từ này nếu nó đi liền với tên châu lục hoặc quốc gia:
West Germany, North America...
The + tên gọi các đội hợp xướng/ dàn nhạc cổ điển/ ban nhạc phổ thông
The Back Choir/ The Philharmonique Philadelphia Orchestra/ The Beatles.
The + tên gọi các tờ báo (không tạp chí)/ tàu biển/ các khinh khí cầu.
The Times/ The Titanic/ The Hindenberg
The + họ một gia đình ở số nhiều = gia đình nhà
The Smiths = Mr/ Mrs Smith and children
Dùng trước tên họ của một người để xác định người đó trong số những người trùng tên.
Không được dùng "the" trước các danh từ chỉ bữa ăn trong ngày trừ các trường hợp đặc
biệt. We ate breakfast at 8 am this morning
The dinner that you invited me last week were delecious.

Không được dùng "the" trước một số danh từ như home, bed, church, court, jail, prison, hospital,
school, class, college, univercity v.v... khi nó đi với các động từ và giới từ chỉ chuyển động chỉ đi
đến đó là mục đích chính hoặc ra khỏi đó cũng vì mục đích chính.
Students go to school everyday.
The patient was released from hospital.
Nhưng nếu đến đó hoặc ra khỏi đó không vì mục đích chính bắt buộc phải dùng "the".
Students go to the school for a class
party. The doctor left the hospital
afterwork
Lưu ý: Trong American English, “Hospital” và “University” bắt buộc phải dùng với the
He was in the hospital (in hospital as a patient)
She was unhappy at the University (At University as a student)
Một số trường hợp đặc biệt:
 Go to work = Go to the office.
 To be at work
 To be hard at work (làm việc chăm chỉ)
 To be in office (đương nhiệm) <> To be out of office (Đã mãn nhiệm)
 Go to sea = đi biển (như những thủy thủ)
 Go to the sea = ra biển, thường để nghỉ
 To be at the sea: ở gần biển
 To be at sea (ở trên biển) trong một chuyến hải hành.
 go to town: Đi vào trung tâm/ Đi phố - To be in town (ở trung tâm) khi town là của

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 132
người nói.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 133
Bảng sử dụng "the" và không sử dụng "the" trong một số trường hợp điển hình
Có "The" Không "The"
 Dùng trước tên các đại dương, sông  Trước tên một
ngòi, biển, vịnh và các hồ (ở số nhiều) hồ Lake Geneva
The Red Sea, the Atlantic Ocean, the
Persian Gufl, the Great Lakes
 Trước tên các dãy núi  Trước tên một ngọn núi
The Rocky Mountains Mount Vesuvius
 Trước tên những vật thể duy nhất trong vũ  Trước tên các hành tinh hoặc các chòm sao
trụ hoặc trên thế giới Venus, Mars
The earth, the moon  Trước tên các trường này nếu trước nó là
 The schools, colleges, universities + of + một tên riêng
danh từ riêng Stetson University
The University of Florida  Trước các danh từ đi cùng với một số đếm
 the + số thứ tự + danh từ Chapter three
The third chapter.
 Trước tên các cuộc chiến tranh khu vực với  Trước tên các nước mở đầu bằng New,
điều kiện tên khu vực đó phải được tính từ một tính từ chỉ hướng hoặc chỉ có một từ
hoá New Zealand, North Korean, France
The Korean War (=> The Vietnamese economy)  Trước tên các lục địa, tỉnh, tiểu bang,
 Trước tên các nước có hai từ trở lên (ngoại trừ thành phố, quận, huyện
Great Britain) Europe, Florida
The United States
 Trước tên các nước được coi là một quần  Trước tên bất kì môn thể thao nào
đảo hoặc một quần đảo baseball, basketball
The Philipines, The Virgin Islands, The Hawaii
 Trước tên các tài liệu hoặc sự kiện lịch sử  Trước các danh từ trừu tượng (trừ một
The Constitution, The Magna Carta số trường hợp đặc biệt)
freedom, happiness
 Trước tên các nhóm dân tộc thiểu số  Trước tên các môn học nói chung
the Indians mathematics
 Trước tên các môn học cụ thể  Trước tên các ngày lễ, tết
The Solid matter Physics Christmas, Thanksgiving
 Trước tên các nhạc cụ khi đề cập đến các  Trước tên các loại hình nhạc cụ trong các
nhạc cụ đó nói chung hoặc chơi các nhạc cụ hình thức âm nhạc cụ thể (Jazz, Rock,
đó. The violin is difficult to play classical music..)
Who is that on the piano To perform jazz on trumpet and piano

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 134
EXERCISES
I. space to complete the following sentences.
1. I’m sorry. I didn’t mean to do that. It was mistake.
2. There were no chairs, so we had to sit on floor.
3. Lucy has just gotten _ job in bank in Chicago.
4. There’s bookstore on corner near my house.
5. It’s very cold in here. Can you close window, please?
6. If you go past post office, can you get me some stamps?
7. It was very hot day. It was hottest day of year.
8. What’s name of woman who sat beside you at the dinner?
9. How often do you go to movies?
10. “Can you tell me where Room 306 is, please?” “It’s on third floor.”
11. He lay down ground and looked up at _ sky.
12. You’ll find information you need at top of page 24.
13. moon goes around earth every 27 days.
14. He doesn’t usually have lunch, but he always eats good breakfast.
15. If you live in foreign country, you should try and learn language.
16. next train to Brighton leaves from _ Platform 5.
17. Last year we visited Canada and United States.
18. highest mountain in Africa is Kilimanjaro.
19. Mediterranean Sea is the sea between _ Africa and Europe.
20. Mississippi is longest river in North America.
II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each
of the following questions.
1. We went out for _ meal last night. restaurant we went to was excellent.
A. a/ The B. the/ A C. a/ D. the/
2. As I was walking along the street, I saw $10 note on pavement.
A. a/ a B. the/ the C. a/ the D. the/ a
3. actress’s life is in many ways unlike that of other women.
A. An B. A C. As D. That the
4. Kate plays violin in an orchestra.
A. the B. a C. an D.
5. computer has changed way we live.
A. A/ the B. The/ the C. A/ a D. The/ a

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 135
6. Excuse me, where is _ bus station, please?
A. a B. the C. D. an
7. What did you have for breakfast this morning?
A. a B. an C. the D.
8. Peter used to work in Middle East.
A. B. the C. an D. a
9. My plane was delayed. I had to wait at airport for three hours.
A. the B. a C. an D.
10. I have problem. Can you help me?
A. B. a C. an D. the
11. Barack Obama is President of United States.
A. the/ the C. the/ D. the/ an
12. He never listens to radio. He prefers watching television.
A. a/ a B. a/ the C. the/ the
13. university will be built in center of the town.
A. A/ the B. An/ the C. The/ a D. An/ a
14. River Nile is longest river of all.
A. B. A/ the C. The/ the a
15. Women’s Day is on eighth of March.
A. The/ the C. The/ an an
16. By time we had just left the office, alarm went off.
A. B. a/ an C. a/ the D. the/ an
17. He grew up in orphanage in United Kingdom.
A. the/ B. an/ an C. the/ an D. an/ the
18. Laura is friendly. She can make friends easily.
A. a B. an C. the D.
19. That car can run at _ speed of 180 miles hour.
A. the/ an B. a/ the C. a/ a D. the/ a
20. experience is best teacher.
A. An/ the B. C. the/ the D. an/ an

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 136
UNIT 21: VERB FORM
I. Bare infinitive: (bare) động từ nguyên mẫu không To
1. Sau modal verbs: Will. Shall/ should / could/ can / may / must/ might/ had
better/would rather and why not. ?
2. Sau auxilary verbs: do, does, did.
3. Sau make, let, help (sau help có thể có To inf).
let (But in passive : feel,.......+O + to infinitive)
4. Sau động từ chỉ giác quan:(verbs of perception): see, hear, smell, feel, taste, watch,
notice.. V- (bare) xong
S + V + object
V- (ing)
5. Sau had better (tốt hơn) would rather (thà thì hơn), had sooner.
6. Sau thành ngữ: to do nothing but + V- (bare): không làm gì cả mà chỉ.
Can not but + V-(bare): không còn cách nào khác.
7. Causative form (Thể sai khiến):
S + have + object (chỉ người) + V- (bare).
8. Simple present tense: I, you, we, they +V- (bare).
9. Bắt đầu câu mệnh lệnh: (imprative)
10. Do anything/ nothing/ everything But/ Except + bare infinitive

II. To infinitive (V1) động từ nguyên mẫu có To)

Present infinitive to do
Present continuous infinitive to be doing
Perfect infinitive to have done
Perfect continuous infinitive to have been doing
Present infinitive passive to be done
Perfect infinitive passive to have been done
1. Làm subject)
2. Làm object of verb: S + V + to inf (as an object)
3. Làm bổ ngữ cho tân ngữ (object complement) ;
S + V + obj + to infinitive
4. Làm adjective
reduce relative clause.
5. Làm
Rút gọn: adverbial clause of purpose: chỉ mục đích
5a. Rút gọn clause of result theo công thức sau (phrase of result)
S + V + too adj/adv (for object )+ to inf
S + V + too + adjective + a + noun + infinitive
S + V + adj/adv enough (for object)+to inf (enough + noun + to- inf)
5b. Rút gọn: clause of purpose theo mẫu sau (phrase of purpose)
to inf
S+V+ in order for object to
inf so as to inf
6. It + take+ (object) + time + to inf
7. Causative form: S+ get + object (chỉ người) + to inf
8. to inf after question words : what / where/ who / whom/ which/ when / how …………
9. Noun / pronoun + to-inf to infinitive after nouns or pronouns as a modifier to replace
a relative clause
Ex : I have a lot of work to do ( which I have to do )

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 137
To- inf dùng sau the first/ the last/ the only.......or The superlative + N :to replace a relative
clause
EX: He was the first students to find the answer
10.a Những động từ sau đây, theo sau là to infinitive: S + V + to inf

1. afford : cung cấp đủ 21. manage : xoay xở

2. agree : đồng ý 22. mean : muốn
3. appear : có vẻ 23. need : cần (chủ động, người)
4. arrange : sắp xếp 24. offer : mời
5. ask : hỏi 25. plan : dự định, kế hoạch
6. attempt : cố gắng 26. prepare : chuẩn bị
7. beg : đề nghị, xin 27. pretend : giả vờ
8. care : quan tâm 28. promise : hứa
9. claim : cho là, tuyên bố 29. refuse : từ chối
10. consent : đồng ý, tán thành 30. regret : tiếc (tương lai)
11. decide : quyết định 31. remember: nhớ (tương lai)
12. demand : yêu cầu 32. seem : dường như
13. deserve : xứng đáng 33. struggle : đấu tranh, cố gắng
14. expect : trông đợi 34. swear : thề
15. dare : dám 35. threaten : dọa
16. fail : thất bại 36. tend : có khuynh hướng
17. forget : quên (tương lai) 37. volunteer : tình nguyện, xung phong
18. hesitate : ngập ngừng 38. wait : đợi
19. hope : hy vọng 39. want : muốn (chủ động)
20. learn : học 40. wish : ao ước

10.b Những động từ sau đây, theo sau là Obj + to inf: S + V + objective + to inf

advise : khuyên invite : mời

allow : cho phép need : cần
appoint : chỉ định ai làm gì tempt : cám dỗ
ask : hỏi, đòi hỏi intend : dự định
beg : năn nỉ, xin order : ra lệnh
cause : gây ra permit : cho phép
challenge : thách thức, thách đố persuade : thuyết phục
charge : giao nhiệm vụ provoke : xúi giục
choose : lựa chọn remind : nhắc lại
compel : cưỡng bách require : yêu cầu
convince : thuyết phục recommend : khuyên
dare : dám teach : dạy
defy : thách tell : bảo
desire : ao ước, thèm thuồng urge : thúc giục, thuyết phục
direct : hướng dẫn, chỉ huy want : muốn
encourage : khuyến khích warn : cảnh báo
expect : trông đợi help : giúp đỡ
forbid : cấm would like : thích
force : bắt buộc would prefer : thích
hire : thuê, mướn Teach, explain, know, understand, discover,
implore : yêu cầu consider, think, believe + how + to inf:Chỉ cách
instruct : chỉ dẫn thức

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 138

III. Gerund: Danh động từ:

A. Gerund as a noun (subj , obj, complement & appositive)
1. subject).
2. Làm tân ngữ
Object of verb: S + V + V- ing (gerund).
preposition + V-ing.
3. Làm subject complement:
Ex: My hobby is swimming (gerund)
4. Làm appositive (ngữ đồng vị)
Ex: My hobby, swimming makes me healthy.
5. Đứng sau thành ngữ: it is no use, it is no good:
there is no use, there is no good: vô ích
can’t stand / bear / help: không thể chịu được
6. Sau hai tính từ: busy, worth
7. Thành lập noun compound (danh từ kép):
bearing

Ex :weigh-lifting, lorry-driving, dining-room, swimming pool

8. after prepositions (Prepositional Object
) Ex: she is interested in listening to music.
Note : look forward to / be ( get) used to / be accustomed to/ object to / confess to / contribute to
/ take to + Ving ( to here :preposition)
9. Adverbial Modifier ( trạng ngữ)
By/Without + V-ing ( thể cách) He earns money by doing manual work.
He looked at me without saying anything
For + V-ing ( mục đích) Money is used for buying things.
After/at/in/on/before while/ upon + V-ing ( thời gian)
On returning home I found that the door was
open. We ate while listening to the radio.
B. Gerund as a verb: có object hoặc được bổ nghĩa bởi một trạng từ

1. admit : thừa nhận 26. hate : ghét

2. advise : khuyên (không object) 27. mention : nhắc tới, nĩi tới
3. anticipate : tham gia 28. mind : phiền
4. appreciate : đánh giá cao 29. miss : nhớ, lỡ, mất
5. avoid : tránh 30. postpone : đình, hõan.
6. complete : hòan thành 31. prevent : ngăn cản
7. consider : xem xét 32. practise : luyện tập
8. delay : trì hõan 33. recall : gợi lại, nhớ lại.
9. dread : sợ 34. recollect : gợi lại.
10. detest : ghét 35. recommend: khuyên, dặn dò.
11. discuss : thảo luận 36. regret : tiếc nuối (quá khứ)
12. dislike : không thích 37. remember: nhớ (qúa khứ)
13. deny : từ chối 38. resent : tức giận, phật ý.
14. enjoy : thưởng thức 39. resist : cưỡng lại, phản kháng.
15. excuse : xin lỗi 40. risk : liều lĩnh.
16. finish : hoàn thành 41. stop : ngừng, từ bỏ.
17. forget : quên (qúa khứ) 42. start : (hoặc To inf)
18. forgive : tha thứ 43. suggest : đề nghị

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 139
19. fancy : tưởng tượng 44. tolerate : bỏ qua
20. imagine : tưởng tượng 45. understand: hiểu
21. involve : làm liên lụy 46. restrict : hạn chế, giảm bớt, ngăn ngừa.
22. include : bao gồm * can’t bear, can’t stand, can’t help
23. keep : tiếp tục * it is no use, it is no good, there is no use .
24. love : (hoặc To inf) * look forward to
25. like : thích * busy, be worth
* there's no point in have difficulty/ trouble

IV. Past participle: quá khứ phân từ – VoED/V3

1. Thêm trợ từ have+Vo- tense
2. voice.
3.
(adjective clauses or relative clauses)
+ Có thể rút gọn mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian.
+ Có thể rút gọn câu khi một chủ ngữ thực hiện hai hành động.
4. Thành lập adjective compound: tính từ kép
N – made
Adj + V (PP – VoED/V3 ) – born
Adv – known

6.
dục.
7. Thành lập causative form: thể truyền khuyến
S +have/get +object (chỉ vật)+ V (PP – Vo ED/V3)
V. Present participle (Vo + ing) hiện tại phân từ.
1. Thêm trợ từ Be + Vo-ing để thành lập thì continuous tense.
2. meaning)

Một chủ ngữ thực hiện 2 hành động có thể dùng present participle để rút gọn.
3. Thêm mạo từ “the” để thành lập danh từ tập hợp:
Ex sống.
4. Thành lập tính từ kép (adjective compound).
N – loving
Adj Vo + ing good – loking
Adv - working
Note:
Stop + to V: có nghĩa là: dừng lại để làm một việc gì dó
Ex: I met my old friend when I was going to work, so I stopped to talk with him.
(tôi đang đi, tôi dừng lại để nói chuyện)
Stop + Ving ~ give up: Bỏ thôi không làm một việc gì đó
Ex: The students stopped talking when the teacher came in.
(trong trường hợp này có nghĩa là nhóm học sinh đã thôi không nói chuyện nữa).
Forget + to V: quên làm gì đó ~ (not) remember to + V
Ex: I forgot to lock the door, so I had to come back to lock it.
(câu này nghĩa là tôi đã quên không khoá cửa vì thế tôi phải quay trở về để khoá)
Forget + Ving: Quên là đã làm gì ~ (not) remember + Ving
Ex: I forgot meeting him.
(Câu này nghĩa là tôi đã gặp anh ta rồi nhưng không nhớ là mình đã gặp)

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 140
Regret + to V: tiếc nuối khi làm gì(thường là thông báo cho ai đó một tin không tốt)
Ex: I regret to tell you that the match has been cancelled.
Regret + Ving: Hối hận là đã làm gì
Ex: I regret telling him my problem.(tôi hối tiếc là đã nói cho anh ta biết về khó khăn của tôi.)
Remember/Forget/Regret V – ing: một việc đã xảy ra
To-infinitive: một việc chưa xảy ra/ cần phải làm
Try V – ing: thử làm một việc gì
To – infinitive: cố gắng làm một việc gì
Need/want/require V – ing (need + to be + Vpp): mang nghĩa bị động (chủ ngữ chỉ vật)
To – infinitive: mang nghĩa chủ động (chủ ngữ chỉ người)
Like/Dislike/Prefer/Hate/Detest V – ing: thích/ghét thật sự
To-infinitive: thích vì cho là tốt nên làm
Prefer + V-ing to V-ing: thích cái gì hơn cái gì
Feel like + V- ing: thích cái gì đó
Advise, allow, permit O + To inf
V- ing
Advise/allow/recommend/permit/forbid + O + to Infinitive
Advise/allow/recommend/permit (no Object) + Gerund (V-ing)
Go on + to inf = move to something different
Go on + gerund = continue doing the same thing
Mean (meaning 'intend')+ to infinitive: I mean to get to the top by sunrise.
Mean {meaning 'involve' (used only with an impersonal subject)} + the gerund:
He is determined to get a seat even if it means standing in a queue all night.
Prefer to do and prefer doing
*'prefer to (do)' or 'prefer ~ing' (what you prefer in general):
* I don't like cities. I prefer to live in the country. or I prefer living in the country
The differences in structure after prefer. We say:
- Prefer sth to sth else. Or prefer doing sth to doing sth else.
But prefer to do sth rather than (do) sth else.
Ex: * I prefer this coat to the coat you were wearing yesterday.
* I prefer driving to travelling by train.
but * I prefer to drive rather than travel by train.
* Ann prefers to live in the country rather than (live) in a city.
Would prefer (I'd prefer...) (what somebody wants in a particular situation not in general):
* 'Would you prefer tea or coffee?' 'Coffee,
please.' We say 'would prefer to do' (not 'doing'):
* 'Shall we go by train?' 'Well, I'd prefer to go by car.' (not 'I'd prefer going')
* I'd prefer to stay at home tonight rather than go to the
cinema. Verbs + possessive adjective/pronoun object +
gerund Would you mind + Vo- ing?
Would you mind if + S + past Subjunctive …?
Recommend, begin, start, continue + To inf /Vo – ing

* Một số động từ được theo sau bởi động từ ở dạng nguyên mẫu không “ TO”
Sau tất cả các động từ tình thái và một số trợ động từ ta phải dùng động từ nguyên mẫu không “TO”
như: (do; does; did; will; can; could; would; should; may; might; must; had better; shall; be
going to)
- Make: He makes me laugh .
Vo
Don’t make her cry!

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 141
Vo
- Let: She lets us
go.
Vo
Let it be as it is.
Vo
- Had better: We had better work hard for the exam.
Vo
You had better not smoke.
Vo
Chú ý: Sau “ make” có thể là một động từ nguyên mẫu không “to” hoặc một tính từ. Tuy nhiên nếu
động từ “make” chia ở dạng bị động thì theo sau nó là một động từ có “ TO”
Ex: He made me sad. (sad: tính từ.)
The students were made to study hard by the teachers. (= The teacher made the students study
hard.) Be made To V make
Vo

EXERCISES:
Exercise I. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form (gerund , infinitive, participle).
1/ I caught him (climb) over my wall. I asked him (explain) but he refused (say)
anything, so in the end I had (let) him (go) .
2/ When at last I succeeded in (convince) him that I wanted (get) home quickly he
put his foot on the accelerator and I felt the car (leap) forward.
3/ I'm not used to (drive) on the left.
When you see everyone else (do) it you'll find it quite easy (do) _yourself.
4/ It is pleasant (sit) by the fire at night and (hear) the wind (howl) outside.
5/ There was no way of (get) out of the building except by (climb) down a rope and
Ann was too terrified (do) this.
6/ We heard the engines (roar) as the plane began (move) and we saw the people on
the ground (wave) good-bye.
7/ It's no good (write) to him; he never answers letters. The only thing (do) is
(go) and (see) him.
8/ Why did you go all round the field instead of (walk) across it?
I didn't like (cross) _it because of the bull. I never see a bull without (think) that it
wants (chase) me.
9/ The people in the flat below seem (be) having a party. You can hear the champagne
corks (thud) against their ceiling.
10/ I don't like (get) bills but when I do get them I like (pay) them promptly.
11/ Ask him (come) in. Don't keep him (stand) at the door.
12/ The boys next door used (like) (make) and (fly) model aero planes, but they

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 142
seem to have stopped (do) that now.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 143
13/ I knew I wasn't the first (arrive) , for I saw smoke (rise) from the chimney.
14/ We watched the men (saw) the tree and as we were walking away heard it (fall) with
a tremendous crash.
15/ I hate (see) a child (cry) .
16/ We watched the children (jump) from a window and (fall) into a blanket held by
the people below.
17/ It is very unpleasant (wake) up and (hear) the rain (beat) on the
windows. 18/ He saw the lorry (begin) (roll) forwards but he was too far away (do)
anything (stop) it.
19/ There are people who can't help (laugh) when they see someone (slip) on a
banana skin.
20/ I prefer (drive) to (be driven) .
II. Multiple choices
1. All the passengers were made their seat belts during the turbulence.
a. buckle b. to buckle c. buckling d. for buckling.
2. good ice cream, you need to use a lot of cream.
a. Make b. Making c. To make d. For make
3. I got my friend her car for the weekend.
a. to let me to borrow b. to let me borrow
c. let me borrow d. let me to borrow
4. How can you let such a silly incident your friendship?
a. wreck b. to wreck c. wrecking d. that wrecks
5. ‘How about going to the theater?' 'OK,' but I would rather a concert.'
a. attend b. to attend c. attending d. have attended
6. The skiers would rather through the mountains than go by bus.
a. to travel on train b. traveled by train
c. travel by train d. traveling by the train
7. If we leave now for our trip, we can drive half the distance before we stop lunch.
a. having b. to have c. having had d. for having
8. The examiner made us our identification in order to be admitted to the test center.
a. show b. showing c. to show d. showed
9. As we entered the room, we saw a rat _ towards a hole in the skirting board.
a. scamper b. to scamper c. scampering d. was scampering

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 144
10. I remember _ to Paris when I was a very small child.
a. to be taken b. to take c. being taken d. taking
11. My parents wouldn't to the party.
a. allow me go b. allow me to go c. allow me going d. allow to go
12. We are going to have my house tomorrow morning.
a. paint b. painting c. painted d. to be painted
13. We hope that the students themselves will enjoy part in the projects.
a. to take b. taking c. to be taken d. being taken
14. Sally's low test scores kept her from to the university.
a. admitting b. to admit c. to be admitted d. being admitted
15. Are you sure you told me about the party? I don't recall about it.
a. having told b. to have told c. having been told d. to have been told
16. I meant to get up early but I forgot up my alarm clock.
a. wind b. to wind c. wind d. wound
17. Look at the state of the gate. It needs as soon as possible.
a. to repair b. repairing c. being repaired d. be repaired
18. Alice didn't expect to Bill's party.
a. asking b. being asked c. to ask d. to be asked
19. We asked the piano so early in the morning, but she won't.
a. Marie to stop playing b. Marie stop to play
c. that Marie stops playing d. Marie to stop to play
20. A good teacher makes her students the world from new perspectives.
a. to view b. view c. to be viewed d. viewing
III/ Choose the best answer
1. I'll have the boys the chairs.
a. paint b. to paint c. painted d. painting
2. I am going to have a new house
a. build b. to build c. built d. building
3. Have these flowers to her office, please.
a. taken b. taking c. take d. to take
4. You should have your car before going.
a. servicing b. to service c. service d. serviced
5. I'll have a new dress for my daughter.
a. making b. to make c. make d. made

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 145
6. Pupils should have their eyes regularly.
a. tested b. to test c. test d. testing
7. Lisa had the roof yesterday.
a. repair b. repaired c. to repair d. repairing
8. They have just had air conditioning in their house.
a. install b. to install c. installed d. installing
9. We had the room yesterday
a. decorates b. had decorated c. decorated d. decorating
10. The villagers have had the use of this washing machine by this engineer.
a. explain b. explained c. to explain d. explains
11. By the housework done, we have time to further our studies.
a. taking b. to have c. having d. to get
12. The government has had new houses in the rural areas.
a. build b. built c. to be built d. building
13. They had the swamp last year.
a. drain b. to drain c. cut d. to cut
14. She is going to have her wedding dress
a. cutting b. cuts c. cut d. to cut
15. It's about time you had your house
a. whitewash b. whitewashed c. whitewashing d. to whitewash
16. I'm sorry I'm late, but I my watch on the way here.
a. have/cleaned b. had/clean c. had/cleaned d. had/to clean
17. Please have the cleaner this meeting room.
a. sweep b. swept c. sweeping d. to sweep
18. I'd like to have my shoes at one.
a. repair b. repairing c. repaired d. being repaired
19. My grandmother had a tooth last week.
a. fill b. filling c. filled d. to be filled
20. We had the roof last year.
a. mend b. mending c. mended d. being mended
Exercise IV
1. We have just had the carpenter this chair.
a. made b. make c. to make d. making
2. What did you do this morning? We the room whitewashed.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 146
a. had b. have c. got to d. order
3. I have had my room today.
a. clean b. cleaning c. cleaned d. being cleaned
4. John had just had his brother a house for him on Fifth Avenue.
a. building b. build c. to build d. built
5. Let's have our waiter some coffee
a. bring b. to bring c. bringing d. brought
6. You ought to have your coat
a. clean and press b. cleaned and pressed
c. cleaning and pressing d. cleaning and pressed
7. The teacher had the students their test.
a. had in b. handed in c. handing in d. having handed in
8. The students got the librarian books for them.
a. buy b. to buy c. bought d. buying
9. Why don't you have that coat ?
a. cleaned b. clean c. cleaning d. to clean
10. She doesn't like having her picture
a. take b. taken c. taking d. to take
11. James had his nose in a fight.
a. break b. to break c. breaking d. broken
12. Frank had his passport on a train.
a. stealing b. to steal c. stolen d. steal
13. Fred had his hat off in the wind.
a. blow b. blown c. blowing d. to blow
14. George had his papers at the police station.
a. take b. to take c. taking d. taken
15. Bill is having his shoes_
a. shined b. to shine c. chining d. shine
16. I'll have another key
a. made b. making c. to make d. make
17. Do you have a newspaper to your home?
a. deliver b. delivered c. to deliver d. delivering
18. I have not had the film yet.
a. develop b. to develop c. developing d. doing

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 147

PART II: ADVANCED EXERCISES

READING COMPREHENSION (ĐỌC HIỂU)
1. Read the following passage and choose the best answers.
New York – The “ Big Apple”
Our arrival in New York was spectacular. It’s skyscrapers and the Statue of Liberty
make a (1) sight. New York has a (2) _ of over seven million and it is probably
the world’s most famous city. The inhabitants of the “Big Apple” come from many (3)
countries. There are more nationalities in New York(4) in any other places on
the earth. It is also has(5) tourists than any other city except London, especially in the
summer. (6) come from all(7) _the world and have a wonderful time. There are
so many (8) for them to get enthusiastic about – whether it’s some of the (9)
museums in the world or the (10) littlestreets of Greenwich Village.
1. A. sad B. beautiful C. horrible D. cold
2. A. attraction B. impression C. population D. people
3. A. same B. young C. old D. different
4. A. than B. rather C. of D. to
5. A. many B. much C. more D. lots
6. A. Visit B. Visitors C. Workers D. Goers
7. A. in B. from C. over D. of
8. A. attraction B. place C. sights D. area
9. A. good B. better C. best D. nicer
10. A. to charm B. charm C. charmed D. charming
2. Read the following passage and choose the best answers.
Dear Jean,
I’m sorry I (1) to you lately, but I have been working hard. When I (2) your last
letter. I was acting in a play at school, and when I finished that I went on a holiday with some friends.
I intended(3) you a postcard, but I forgot to take your address with me. How are you
getting
(4) at college? You didn’t (5) _much about this in your letter. I hope you still
like it and don’t work all the time! I’m starting work in London after I (6) _ school in July,
and I want to see you then. Do you still want to come and stay (7) a few days? I know you are
busy, but by the time your term (8) , I’ll have started my job. I’ve done so (9)
things lately! I’ve just learned to drive and my parents sometimes lend me their car, so I
often go out with friends. (10) I’ll drive to Birmingham and see you one day.
1. A. not write B. haven’t written C. don’t write D. didn’t write
2. A. received B. have received C. receive D. to receive
3. A. sending B. send C. to send D. sent
4. A. up B. over C. on D. with
5. A. talk B. tell C. say D. chat
6. A. leave B. left C. to leave D. leaving
7. A. for B. at C. in D. out
8. A. finished B. finishing C. to finish D. finishes
9. A. much B. many C. a lot D. lots of
10. A. May be B. May being C. Maybe D. May I be
3. Read the following passage and choose the best answers.
Tet is a national and......................(1) festival in Vietnam . It is occasion for every Vietnamese
to be reunited to think..................(2) their past activities and hope for good luck in the new year.
Before Tet all houses .................. (3) white washed and.........................(4) with colorful lights
. Everybody is looking .......................... (5) to a better life. In the new year’s eve, children are smartly
TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 148
dressed.............................(6) are hoping to receive money put in small red envelopes as they are
wishing longevity to ................... (7) grandparents and parents. Wrong doings should......................(8)
avoided on these days .
1. A. traditional B. modern C. compulsory D. convenient.
2. A. about B. with C. after D. for
3. A. was B. were C. are D. is
4. A. decorate B. decorating C. to D. decorated
decorate
5. A. for B. forward C. after D. at
6. A. them B. who C. these D. they
7. A. his B. her C. my D. their
8. A. take B. not C. we D. be
4. Read and find a suitable word to fill in each numbered blank to complete the following passage
During the teenage years, young people can at times...........(1) difficult to talk to . They often
seem to dislike being questioned. They may seem unwilling............(2) talk about their work at
school.
This is a normal development at this ............ (3), though it can be very hard for parents to understand.
It is part of becoming independent, of teenagers trying to be adult......................(4) they are still
growing up. Young people are more willing to talk.......(5)they believe that questions are asked out of
real interest and not because people are trying to check up on them.
Parents should do their...........(6) to talk to their son or daughter about school work and future
plans they had............(7) not push them to talk if they don’t want to. Parents should also watch for the
dangerous signs: some young people in..........(8) to be adult may experiment with alcohol or smoking
. Parents need to watch for any signs of unusual behavior which may be connected with these and get
help if necessary.
5 . Read the following passage then answer the questions
Tropical rain forests are found in Amazon region of South America, central America, Africa,
South and South east Asia. Rain forests are very important to the world’s climate. The Amazon rain
forests alone receive about 30 to 40 percent of the total rainfall on the earth and produce about the
same percentage of the world’s oxigen. Some scientists believe that the decrease size of rain forests
will affect the climate on the earth, making it uncomfortable or even dangerous for life. Saving our
rain forests is an international problem. One country, or even a few countries can not solve the
problem alone. The nations of the world must work together to find a solution before it is too late.
Questions :
1. Where are the rain forests found ?
.........................................................................................................................
2 . How much percent of the world’s oxygen do the Amazon rain forests produce?
..............................................................................................................................
3 . How will the decreasing size of rain forests affect the climate on the earth ?
...................................................................................................................
4 . Is saving our rain forests only a national problem ?
....................................................................
6. Read the passage carefully. Then decide whether each of the statements below is TRUE (T),
or FALSE (F).
Indonesia is an island nation in Southeast Asia. Its official name is the Republic of Indonesia.
It is a member country of the Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN). The country's total
area is 1,904,443 sq km. Like Vietnam and other countries in Southeast Asia, Indonesia enjoys
tropical climate. The rupiah is the official monetary unit of Indonesia, consisting of 100 sen.
The capital of Indonesia is Jakarta and it is also the largest city in the country. Other big cities
are Bandung, Surabaya, Medan, Palembang... The population in 2004 was about 238,500,000.
Indonesia is the world's fourth most populous country after China, India, and the United States.
TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 149
Islam, which is over eighty per cent of the population practice, is the country's official religion. In
addition,
there are other religions such as Protestantism, Catholicism, Buddhism, Hinduism...

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

 EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 150
The national language is Bahasa Indonesia, which is a modified form of Malay. Besides, about 300
other languages and dialects are spoken. English is increasingly used as the language of business.
1. Indonesia is located in Southeast Asia.
2. All the countries in Southeast Asia enjoy tropical climate.
3. Islam is the only official religion in Indonesia.
4. There are more people in Indonesia than in the USA.
5. Indonesia is one of the countries of ASEAN.
6. The Indonesian unit of currency is sen.
7. Islam is the most common religion in Indonesia.
8. Bahasa Indonesia is the only language spoken in Indonesia.

7. Read the following passage and choose the best answer.

We don’t only choose clothes to make us look…1…., we also use them to tell the world
…2….our personality. The clothes we wear and our …3….as a whole give other people useful
information about what we think…4….we feel. If we feel cheerful, we usually wear …5….clothes
and if we feel …6….we sometimes put on dark clothes. But why do teenagers wear black so…7….?
Is it because they feel miserable all …8….? This is unlikely to be the case. It is probably just because
it is
…9….to wear black, and young people they are real fans of …10…. .
1. A. attract B. attractive C. attractively D. attraction
2. A. of B. with C. by D. about
3. A. appear B. appearance C. appeared D. appearing
4. A. which B. what C. how D. when
5. A. colorful B. colors C. colorfully D. colorless
6. A. depress B. depressed C. depressing D. depression
7. A. frequent B. frequency C. frequently D. frequenty
8. A. the time B. the day C. the week D. the month
9. A. fashion B. fashionable C. fashioner D. fashioned
10. A. fashion B. fashionable C. fashioner D. fashioned
8. Read the following passage and choose the best answers.
BLUE JEANS.
Levi Strauss, a young …1… from Germany, arrived in San Francisco in 1850. California was
in the middle of the Gold Rush, thousand of men were coming to California to dig for gold. And
Levi Strauss came to sell canvas to these …2… . Canvas is heavy fabric. So Levi Strauss thought the
miners could use the canvas for tents.
One day Strauss heard a miner …3… that he couldn’t find clothes …4… for the work he was
doing. Strauss got an idea. He quickly took some of his canvas and made it …5… pants. These are
pants were …6… the miners needed. In on day Strauss sold all the pants he had made.
Strauss wanted to improve his pants. He wanted to make them event better. He bought a
fabric that was softer than canvas but just as strong. This fabric came from Nimes, a city in France,
and was called serge de Nimes. The miners liked this fabric. They called it “denim” (from de Nimes)
and bought even more pants from Strauss.
However, denim had …7…. Because of this the denim pants did not look interesting and they
got dirty easily. To solve these problems, Strauss made the denim blue.
Strauss continued to improve his jeans. Today, the company he started is known around the
world. and jeans are considered not just practical but very fashionable as well.

1. A. immigrate B. immigrant
C. immigrated D. migrate
2. A. gold mines B. gold mining
C. gold miners D. mining gold

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

 EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 151
3. A. complain B. tell C. ask D. talk

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

 EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 152
4. A. enough strong B. strong enough C. strength D. strength enough
5. A. from B. for C. into D. to
6. A. that B. what C. which D. No word is needed
7. A. colorful B. colorless C. no color D. color
8. The word “to improve” means .
A. to make better B. to find more C. to take care D. to look after
9. The phrase “around the world” means .
A. outside the world B. the world over C. near the world D. worldwide
10. People like jeans because they are .
A. practical B. fashionable C. colorful D. A and B

9. Read the passage. Write T for true sentences, F for false sentences and N for the sentences
containing no information.
It is great to have pen pals. In my opinion, friendship is among the meaningful relations in our
life. Many of my friends have pen pals and they correspond regularly. A friend of mine once got a
letter from the school mailbox and told me a lot of interesting things about her pen pal. That made me
excited and I was eager to have one. Therefore, I got online and did some chatting. I was lucky to get
to know a very nice Australian girl. Her name's Jenny. She and I are the same age and we have a lot
of things in common.
Although my English was not very good at first, we were able to understand each other quite
well. My English has improved a lot. Jenny has never been to Viet Nam. However, she thinks well of
our country and our people. When she comes to Viet Nam, I will take her to some interesting places,
especially our World Heritage Sites, such as Ha Long Bay, Hoi An Ancient Town, My- Son Tower.
Through her mail, she tells me about her country. Thanks to Jenny, I know more and more about
Australia. I hope to be an exchange student in Australia some day and we will be able to meet.
1. The writer's English is now better than before.
2. The writer has 'never been to Australia.
3. Australia doesn't have as many World Heritage Sites as Viet Nam.
4. The pen pal mentioned is as old as the writer.
5. They correspond in Vietnamese.
10. Multiple-choice cloze:
I first met Maryam at a farewell party (1) by Lan two years ago. Her charming face caught my
attention. We exchanged greetings and became friends. Since then we have kept (2) touch and
shared our common interests. Maryam is two years older (3) I am. She is in grade 12 in a senior
high school. She works her hardest and always comes top in her class. She especially loves (4) _
sciences.
I am proud (5) have a pen pal (6) her. I hope our friendship will last forever. I always
remember her parting words, "This moment has become unforgettable for me. I will be thinking
about you. Mai." And this morning I got a letter (7) her. She said that she would come to Viet
Nam next summer vacation. I am looking forward to (8) her again. I am thinking of a plan for
what we are going to do during her visit.
1. A hold B held C holding D was held
2. A with B at C on D in
3. A than B as C like D as well as
4. A natural B nature C naturally D naturalize
5. A of B with C to D in
6. A as B alike C liking D like
7. A from B with C to D by

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 153
8. A see B seeing C seen D saw
11. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following passage:
Clothes can tell a lot (1)………a person. Some people like very colorful clothes because they
want everyone (2)…………at them and they want to be the center of things. (3).............People like
to wear nice clothes, but their clothes are not (4).................or fancy. They do not like people
(5)………….. Clothes today are very different (6).................the clothes of the 1800s.
One difference is the way they look. For example, in the 1800s, all women (7)…………
dress. The dresses all had long skirts. But today, women do not always wear dresses with skirts.
Sometimes they wear short skirts. Sometimes they wear pants. Another difference between 1800
and today is the (8)…….. In the 1800s, clothes (9)..........natural kinds of cloth. They were from
cotton, wool, silk on linen. But today, there are (10)….........Kinds of man made cloth. A lot of
clothes are now made from nylon, rayon or polyester.
1. A. about B. at C. with D. on
2. A. look B. to look C. looked D. looking
3. A. each other B. another C. others D. other
4. A. color B. colorfully C. colorful D. colored
5. A. to look at them B. to looking at them
C. looking at them D. looked at them
6. A. at B. to C. from D. in
7. A. wear B. worn C. wore D. wearing
8. A. cloth B. clothing C. clothe D. clothes
9. A. were made only by B. were made only of
C. were made only in D. were made only from
10. A. many B. much C. any D. a little
12. Read the following passage and choose the best answers.
Lucky survivors
A couple from Miami, Bill and Simon Butler, (1).........................sixty-six days in a life-raft in
the sea of central America after their yacht sank. They survived in very good(2)....................Twenty-
one days after they left Panama in their yacht, they met some whales. “ They started to hit the side of
the boat”, said Bill, “and then (3).....................we heard water.”
Two minutes (4)…………….., the yacht was sinking. They jumped into the life-raft and
watched the boat go (5)……………the water. For twenty days they had (6)…………..… of food,
biscuits, and bottle of water. They also had a fishing-line and a machine to make salt water into
drinking water, two things which (7) ..................... their lives. They caught eight to ten fish a day and
ate them raw. Then the line broke. “ So we had no morefish (8)......something very strange happened.
Some sharks came to feed and the fish under the raft were afraid and came to the surface. I caught
them with my hands.”
About twenty ships (9)........................them, but no one saw them. After fifty days at sea their
life-raft was beginning to break up. Then suddenly it was all over. A fishing brat saw them and
(10)....................them up their two months at sea was over.
1. A. took up B. went C. spent D. occupied
2. A. condition B. way C. manner D. state
3. A. occasionally B. suddenly C. quickly D. clearly
4. A. later B. after C. soon D. passing
5. A. in B. down C. under D. below
6. A. containers B. tins C. boxes D. packages
7. A. rescued B. helped C. maintained D. saved
8. A. until B. when C. as D. that
9. A. went round B. moved near C. traveled D. passed
10. A. took B. pull C. picked D. moved
TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 154
13. Read the text then choose the best answer to complete the blanks
A TRIP TO FRANCE
Paul had a very exciting summer holiday this year. His French pen-friend invited him to visit
her family in the south of France. Paul(1)..................by plane from London to Paris. Marie, his
French
friend,(2)… ................him in Paris and together they took a train from Paris to Marseilles.
Marseilles is the(3)...where Marie’s family lives. It is a very large port. A lot of people live in
Marseilles and (4)...................are many interesting shops and cafes there. Paul started French at school
two years ago and he spoke French all the time with Marie and her family. (5)…................it was very
difficult for him but soon it became(6)…………....easier. One day Marie and her
parents(7)....................Paul for a picnic in the mountains. They climbed a big hill . From the top of
the
hill, they had a wonderful(8)………….... In the (9)….................they could see the sea. Paul was very
sad when it was time to go back to London and school. He is already looking (10)....................to next
summer when Marie is going to spend her holidays with his family in England.
1. A. got B. moved C. went D. transferred
2. A. met B. saw C. took D. greeted
3. A. country B. town C. capital D. village
4. A. they B. those C. these D. there
5. A. At first B. At beginning C. At starting D. At first time
6. A. much B. so C. too D. extremely
7. A. brought B. took C. carried D. got
8. A. view B. sight C. scene D. scenery
9. A. space B. air C. distance D. way
10. A. through B. forward C. on D. out
14: Read the passage below then pick out ONE best option (A, B, C or D . to complete each of
the following sentences:
Britain is now a highly industrialized country and there are only 238,000 farms in the UK.
More and more farmers leave the land because they can not earn enough money to survive. Only
large farms are economic and because of this most British farm are big. They usually grow cereals in
the east of England and raise sheep and cowsin the north of England and Scotland. The small family
farms often have to earn more money by offering bed and breakfast accommodation to tourists.
Farming methods in Britain have also changed. Fields used to be quite small, divided by
hedges which were sometimes a thousand years old and full of wild flowers and birds. Many hedges
were pulled up to allow farmers to use modern machinery. Now most fields in England are large by
European standards.
1. British farmers give up working on their farms because .
A. they are tired of the farm work
B. they can’t earn their own living by farming
C. they want to continue to live
D. they are forced to leave the land
2. Most British farms are big because .
A. there are plenty of abandoned land
B. farming is now industrialized
C. small farms are uneconomic
D. most British farmers are rich
3.The small family farms often offer bed and breakfast accommodation to tourists .
A. to show their friendship
B. because they want to have more tourists to their farms
C. in order to improve their earnings
D. so that the tourists will return in their farm the next time
TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 155
4. Fields on British farms were .

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 156
A. separated from each other by hedges
B. full of wild flowers and birds
C. a thousand years old
D. all are correct
5. Which of the following sentences is not true?
A. Industries are developed in Britain
B. Breeding farms are usually in the north of England
C. Many hedges are pulled down for farmers to ex pand their farms
D. Most fields in England are now larger than they used to be
15. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following passage.
My village is about 50 kilometers (1. the city center. It is very beautiful and
(2...................................place where people (3. flowers and vegetables only. It’s
very famous for its pretty roses and picturesque (4. . . The air is quite (5.......................;
however, the smell of the roses make people (6...................................Cool. In spring, my villages
looks lie a carpet with plenty of (7.........................Tourists come to visit it so often. Nowadays, with
electricity, it doesn’t take the (8. much time to water the roses. And even at
night, people can (9............Along the path and enjoy the fresh smell (10. the flowers.
1.A. on B. for C. from D. since
2. A. peace B. peaceful C. peacefully D. quite
3. A. grow B. buy C. grew D. bought
4. A. scenery B. sneces C. sceens D. scenes
5. A. cool B. fresh C. clear D. clean
6. A. felt B. to feel C. feel D. feeling
7. A. colors B. colorful C. spots D. styles
8. A. villages B. towns C. villagers D. city- dwellers
9. A. waked B. walked C. walked D. walking
10. A. on B. of C. in D. at
16. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following passage.
When our class teacher suggested an excursion (1) the last June holidays, we chose
the Botanic Garden, the place we all wanted (2)_ All the boys and girls of the class
assembled in our school one day and started our bus journey at 9;00 AM. As soon as we arrived t the
garden, our teacher took us to an open grass patch and told us about the program for the day. The
Botanic Garden has a variety of flowers and trees, each and everyone is (3) the air was very
cool and clean, so we (4) Very refreshed. It was so pleasing to see the
well cut grass, hedges and flowering plants all around.
Our teacher (5) us about the history of the botanic Garden. We spent some time
(6) jokes and telling stories. After that we had lunch .The some of us played games while
others went out to collect seeds of flowers. Our teacher (7)a few photographs of us in the
garden(8) About 4;00 PM, we returned home.
1.A. on B. at C. during D. to
2. A. visit B. to visit C. visiting D. visited
3. A. label B. labeling C. labeled D. to label
4. A. feel B. fall C. fell D. felt
5. A. told B. said C. asked D. advised
6. A. crack B. cracking C. to crack D. cracked
7. A. carries B. laid C. had D. took
8. A. at B. On C. In D. Among
17. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following passage.
Last Sunday, Nam went (1) excursion (2)..................Oxford. He got (3)
early and took a bus, so he arrived on time. (4) the morning, he visited the National

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 157
Gallery, Big Ben and the Hyde Park. In the afternoon, he bought a dictionary and a small disc
(5) The word “Oxford University”. He met some English students (6) the
bookshop. He was happy (7) practice speaking English (8) many foreigners.
Although he felt tired, he all had a nice day.
1. A. to B. on C. at D. in
2. A. for B. at C. to D. in
3. A. at B. in C. up D. to
4. A. For B. In C. On D. At
5. A. in B. among C. by D. with
6. A. to B. on C. at D. in
7. A. to B. in C. on D. by
8. A. with B. on C. in D. to
18. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following passage:
English is a very useful language. If we (1) English, we can go to any countries we
like. We will not find it hard to make people understand (2) we want to say. English also
help us to learn all kinds of(3) hundreds of books are (4) in English everyday
in (5) countries. English has also helped to spread ideas and knowledge (6) all
corners of the world. Therefore, the English language has helped to spread better (7) and
(8) among the countries of the world.
1. A. to know B. know C. knew D. known
2. A. what B. where C. when D. how
3. A. subjects B. things C. ideas D. plans
4. A. write B. wrote C. written D. writing
5. A. much B. lot of C. many D. a lots of
6. A. in B. with C. at D. to
7. A. to understand B. understanding C. understand D. understood
8. A. friend B. friendly C. friendliness D. friendship
19. Read the following passage and fill in each blank with a suitable word from the box. Do not
use the same word more than once.
Every year
college difficult evening hard language many people in
newspapers studies subjects teenagers useful the world learn
English. Some of
them are young children. Others are (1) . Many are adults. Some learn at school, others
learn in (2) classes. A few learn English by themselves or just by hearing the
(3) on television or among their friends. Most people must work (4) to
learn English. Why do these people want to learn English? It isn’t (5) to answer that question.
Young children learn English at school because it is one of their (6) . Many adults learn
English because it is (7)_ for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their higher
(8) , because some of their books are in English at (9) or university.
Other people learn English because they want to read (10) or magazines in English.
20. Fill in each gap one suitable preposition.
Dear sir,
I saw your advertisement (1)………………. English classes (2)..................Sunflowers
magazine and I am interested (3)…………. coming (4).....................your Foreign Language Center
this summer.
I have learnt English (5)…………….. 2 years but I have never been (6)..............England and
I feel that it is now necessary, especially to improve my pronunciation. Could you please send
me more information (7)............your courses and an application form? I would also like some

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 158
information about accommodation. I can do your tests (8)................attending your course if
necessary.
I look forward (9)…………. hearing (10).................you as soon as possible.
Your faithfully,
J.B John.
21. Read the text then choose the best answer to fill in the blanks.
LEARNING A SECOND LANGUAGE
Some people learn a second language (1)...........Other people have trouble learning a new
language . How can you have (2) learn a new language , such as English ? There are
several ways to make learning English a little (3) and more interesting .
The first step is to feel positive about learning English . If you believe that you can learn, you
will learn .(4) patient. You do not to have to understand(5) all at once . It `s natural to make
mistakes when you learn something new . We can learn from our mistakes .
The second step is to practice your English. For example , write in a journal, or diary ,every
day. You will get used to (6) in English , and you will feel comfortable expressing your
ideas in English . After several weeks, you will see that your writing is improving .(7) ,you much
speak English every day. You can practice with your classmates (8) class.
The third step is to keep a record of your language learning . You can write this in your
journal . After (9) class , think about what you did . Did you answer a question(10) ? Did
you understand something the teacher explained? Perhaps the lesson was difficult , but you tried to
understand it .
It is important to practice every day and make a record of your achievements .
1. A. ease B. easy C. easily D. all a, b, c.
2. A. itself B. yourself C. himself D. herself
3. A. ease B. easy C. easily D. easier
4. A. Be B. Being C. To be D. Been
5. A. anything B. nothing C. everything D. something
6. A. write B. writing C. to write D. written
7. A. In addition B. Addition C. Additional D. By addition
8. A. of side B. outside C. beside D. by side
9. A. some B. each C. all D. few
10. A. correct B. correction C. correctly D. corrective
22. Reading the following passage and choose the best answers
LEARNING A LANGUAGE
Speech is one of the most important (1) of communicating. It consists of far more
than just making noises. To talk and also to (2) by other people, we have to speak a
language, that is, we have to use combinationsof (3) that everyone agrees stand for a particularobject
or idea. Communication would be impossible if everyone made up their own language.
Learning a language properly is very (4) _. The basic (6) of English is
not very large, and only about 2000 words are needed to speak it quite …56…. But the more words
you know, the more ideas you can (7) and the more precise you can be about their exact
meaning.
Words are the (8) thing we use in communicating what we want to say. The way
we (9) the words is also very important. Our tone of voice can express many emotions and
(10) whether we are pleased of angry, for instance
1. A. ways B. reasons C. rules D. tests
2. A. be examined B. be talked C. be understood D. be spoken
3. A. sounds B. languages C. systems D. talks
4. A. important B. expensive C. simple D. easy
5. A. word B. vocabulary C. grammar D. structure
6. A. good B. fluent C. well D. perfect
TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 159
7. A. grow B. need C. pass D. express
8. A. most B. main C. certain D. full
9. A. send B. talk C. say D. pass
10. A. asks B. understands C. knows D. shows
23. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following passage.
There are at least 2,000 different languages in the world. Of all these languages, English is
the most (1).........................used. It is used by business people, airline pilots and sea captains all
over
the world. It is also the first language (2)…........................sports and science. So it is very
(3)................to learn English.
Chinese is also an important language because it has the (4)…...............numbers of speakers.
There are not only one billion people living in China today, but also many Chinese people (5)
………………outside China. Chinese is widely (6)..........................in many parts of Asia and
Africa.
Russian is spoken in both Europe and Asia. French is widely (7).......................in Europe and in parts
of Canada, Africa and Asia.
From more than 2,000 languages, the United Nations has (8)....................six of them for
business. They are Arabic, Chinese, English, French, Russian and Spanish.
1. A. wide B. widely C. widen D. widening
2. A. in B. at C. of D. to
3. A. unimportance B. unimportant C. importance D. important
4. A. great B. greater C. greaten D. greatest
5. A. live B. lived C. to live D. living
6. A. speak B. spoke C. spoken D. speaking
7. A. understood B. understanding
C. to understand D. understand
8. A. choose B. chosen C. chose D. choosing
24. Reading the following passage and choose the best answers
Homework
Many people now (1) that teachers give pupils too (2) homework. They
said that it is unnecessary for children to work (3) home in their free time. Moreover, they
argue that most teachers do not properly plan the homework tasks they give to pupils. The result is
that pupils have to repeat which they have (4) done at school.
Recently in Greece many parents complained (5)_ the difficult homework which
teachers gave to their children. The parents say that most of the homework was (6) of time
and they want to stop it. Spain and Turkey are two countries which stopped homework recently. In
Denmark, West Germany and several other (7) in Europe, teachers can’t set homework at
weekends.
Most people agree that homework is unfair. A pupil who can do his homework in a
(8) and comfortable room is in a much better position than a pupil who does his
homework in a small, noisy room with the television(9). .Some parents help their children
(6) their homework.
It is important, however, that teachers talk to parents about homework. Parents are often
better at teaching their own children.
1. A. think B. talk C. speak D. tell
2. A. many B. a lot C. much D. lots
3. A. in B. for C. on D. at
4. A. ever B. never C. already D. lately
5. A. of B. about C. with D. over
6. A. a need B. a must C. a waste D. a form
7. A. houses B. towns C. cities D. countries
TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 160
8. A. quiet B. quitely C. quite D. quietly

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 161
9. A. at B. on C. in D. to
10. A. to B. of C. with D. about
25. Read the passage and fill in each blank with a suitable word from the box.
working doing sound scientific adults
writers universities angry computers have
Today, computer companies sell many different programs for computers. First, there are programsfor
(1) math problems. Second, there are programs for (2) studies. Third, some
programs are like fancy typewriters. They are often usedby (3) and business people. Other
programs are made for courses in schools and (4) . And finally, there are programs for fun.
They include word games and puzzles for children and (5) .
There are many wonderful new computer programs, but there are other reasons to like (6)
. Some people like the way computers hum and sing when they are (7) . It is a happy
sound, like the sounds of toys and childhood. Computers also (8) lights and pretty pictures. And
computers even seem to have personalities. That may (9) strange, but computers seem to
have feelings. Sometimes they seem happy, sometimes they seem (10) . It is easy to think
they are like people.
26. Reading the following passage and choose the best answers.
BIRTH OF THE COMPUTER
Most people think of computers are very modern inventions, products of our new
technological age. But actually, the idea for a computer (1) worked out over two centuries
ago by a man (2) _Charles Babbage.
Babbage was born (3) 1791 and grew up to be a brilliant mathematician. He drew up
plans for several calculating machines (4) he called “engines”. But despite the fact that he
(5) building some of these, he never finished any of them. Over the years people have
argued
(6) his machines would ever work. Recently, however, the science Museum in London has
finished building (7) engine based on of Babbage’s designs. (8) has taken 6 years to
complete and more (9) four thousand parts have been specially made. Whether it works or
not, the machine will be on show at special exhibition in the science Museum (10) remind
people of Babbage’s work.
1. A. has B. was C. had D. is
2. A. known B. recognized C. written D. called
3. A. on B. in C. by D. for
4, A. whose B. who C. these D. which5. 5. A. wanted
B. made C. started D. missed
6. A. until B. whether C. while D. through
7. A. some B. the C. an D. that
8. A. One B. He C. They D. It
9. A. than B. therefore C. when D. then
10. A. to B. as C. for D. so
27. Reading the following passage and choose the best answers.
THE IMPORTANT OF COMPUTERS
Many of the things we do, depend on receiving information from other people. Catching
a train, making a phone call or going to the cinema all involve information (1) is stored,
TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 162

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 163
processed and communicated. In the past, this information used to (2) kept on paper in
(3) form of, for example, books, newspapers and timetables. Now more and
more information is put on computers.
Computers play a (4) in our everyday lives. Consider the use (5) computers
in both shops and offices. Big shops, especially chain stores with branches all (6) the
country, have to deal with very large amounts of information. They have to make sure
(7)
are enough good on the shelves for customers to buy. They need to be able to re-order before
stocks (8) out, to decide which things are selling well and (9) on. All these processes are
performed quickly and efficiently (10) computers.
1. A. which B. that C. who D. both a and b
2. A. being B. be C. been D. have been
3. A. this B. that C. the D. a
4. A. part B. role C. field D. both a and b
5. A. in B. of C. with D. one
6. A. upon B. on C. over D. in
7. A. there B. they C. which D. where
8. A. go B. run C. get D. work
9. A. so B. such C. go D. get
10.A. with B. on C. by D. through
28. Reading the following passage and choose the best answers.
My Television
My television is an important (1) of furniture to me. I can’t get (2) the house very
often, but my TV brings the whole (3) to me. From the evening news and the “all-news”
channels. I learn about events in the (4) world: politics, the environment, recent changes in
technology and medicine, and (5) on. I like game shows and travel programs, (6) .
And I love comedies: I think it `s important to be (7) to laugh. I can even watch shows (8)
other languages and “go shopping” by TV. With the major national networks (CBS.
NBC, ABC), the abdication and cable channels, and the extra sports and movie channels, I have
a (9)
of fifty different . Programs (10) the same time! Maybe I’ll get a satellite dish. Then
I’ll have even more choices.
1. A. bit B. piece C. slice D. pair
2. A. out B. in C. out of D. in to
3. A. world B. places C. towns D. cities
4. A. side B. inside C. outside D. by side
5. A. such B. this C. that D. so
6. A. too B. so C. either D. neither
7. A. ability B. enable C. able D. inability
8. A. of B. in C. at D. wish
9. A. choose B. chose C. choice D. choosing
10. A. in B. at C. on D. of
29. Read the passage and answer the questions
Clothes can tell a lot about a person . Some people like very colorful clothes because they want
everyone to look at them and they want to be the center of things. Other people like to wear nice clothes, but
their clothes are not colorful or fancy. They do not like people to look at them . Clothes today are very
different from the clothes of the 1800s. One difference is the way they look . For example, in the 1800s all
women wore dresses . The dresses all had long skirts.
But today women do not always wear dresses with long skirts .Sometimes they wear short skirts .
Sometimes they wear pants. Another difference between1800s and today is the cloth . In the 1800s, clothes
were made only from natural kinds of cloth. They were made from cotton , wool, silk, or linen. But today ,
there are many kinds of man -made(nh©n t¹o) cloth . A lot of clothes are now made from nylon, rayon, or
TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 164
polyester..
1. Why do some people like very colorful clothes ?

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 165
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. What kind of clothes do other people like to wear ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Were the clothes of the 1800s the same as clothes today ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. What do sometimes women wear today ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. What were clothes made from in the 1800s ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. Are there many kinds of man - made clothes today ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
30. Read the following passage then answer True (T) or False (F): (1m)
Advertisements are very important in the modern world. Often your T-shirt or jeans show the
name of the company that made them. This is a popular form of advertising. A special picture or
symbol, called logo, is sometimes used. You see logos on many different products. The idea of a
logo is that whenever you see it, you think of that product or company.
Many people like to buy a product because it is made by a certain company. Some people
only buy a product that is made by a famous company. People wear clothes and carry bags that
have a famous label to show that they are fashionable and have good taste.
It is very common to see advertisements on TV and hear them on the radio. Most advertisements are
only a few seconds long but very attractive. Sometimes, the advertiser uses a slogan because it is
easy to say and easy to remember.
The idea of advertisements is to try to make you buy the product. They sometimes show rich and
famous people using that product. The message is, if you want to feel rich and famous, then buy this
product.
1) The main purpose of an advertisement is to make people buy the product.
2) Your T-shirt or jeans show the name of the company that made them.
3) Most advertisements are only a few minutes long but very attractive
4) A good slogan is easy to remember
31. Read the following passage and choose A, B, C, or D to fill in the gaps:
No writer in American literature is (1) or more loved than Samuel Longhorn
Clements. (2) in Missouri in 1835, he grew (3) on the bank of the Mississippi
river and later adopted the (4) Mark Twain. The (5) environment inspired the
two novels (6) made him famous.: "Tom Sawyer and Huckleberry Finn" ":Life on the Mississippi",
told of his adventures on the river (7) of that period.
Mark Twain's life as a writer started during the Civil War. At that time he (8) as a
newspaper man in Nevada and California. (9) short story "The celebrated Jumping Frog
of Calaveras County" was an immediate (10) and his new career began.
1. A. more fame B. famous C. more famous D. fame
2. A. was born B. born C. is born D. be born
3. A. up B. of C. to D. with
4. A. pen name B. surname C. name D.real name
5. A. village B. city C. river D. town
6. A. where B. who C. whose D. which
7. A. ships B. trains C. boats D. planes
8. A. works B. worked C. is working D .was working
9. A. one's B. their C. his D. our
10. A. success B. successful C. succeed D. succeeding
32. Fill in the blanks with proper words, then answer the following questions.
scientists/ pollution/ serious/ factories

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 166
exhaust/ reduce/ require/ percentage
Everyone wants to reduce (1) . But the pollution problem is as complicated as it is (2) . It
is complicated because much pollution is caused by things that benefit people. For example, (3) from
automobile caused large (4) of air pollution. But the automobile provides transportation to millions
of people. (5) discharge much of the material that pollutes air and water, but factories give employment
to a large number of people.
Thus, to end or greatly (6) pollutions immediately, people would have to stop using many things
that benefit them. Most people do not want to do that, of course. But pollution can be gradually reduces in
several ways, (7) and engineers can work to find ways t lessen the amount of pollution that such
things as automobiles and factories cause. Government can pass and enforce laws that (8) businesses and
individuals to stop, or cut down on certain polluting activities.
Questions:
1) Do things that benefit people bring about pollution?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………Is it complicated
to reduce pollution? Why or Why not?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………Who can find
ways to lessen the amount of pollution?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………What can the
Government do to reduce pollution?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
33. Fill in each blank of the following passage with one suitable word.
Air pollution can (1) people ill. Consequently, some countries (2) laws to control the
quality of smoke (3) the air. Air pollution causes particular damage to the body (4) harming
the lungs. Leads should not (5) used in petrol because it is bad for children’s (6) and make
them clumsy in using (7) hands. Poisonous gas from lead collects in those parts of cities where (8)
are tall buildings. Pollution can also have (9) influence on the earth’s climate. The (10)
may melt near the North and South Poles, resulting in very bad floods.
34: Read the following passage and answer the questions
Everyday on radio, on TV, and in the newspaper, we hear, see or read about many problems
in the world, for example, pollution problems.
Air pollution is the first kind. It mostly comes from fumes released from motorbikes, cars, airplanes,
trains and poisonous gases emitted from factories. Also, waste is dumped any where, even in the city
where many people are living. The second pollution problem is sea pollution. Many people earn
their living from fishing in the sea, and the fish they catch feed many people. But the sea has become
so polluted from oil spills and factory wastes that the fish are dying. This pollution is not only killing
the fish, but is also affecting those people who eat fish.
Seldom do you find a place nowadays that is not polluted. This problem is growing more
difficult everyday. We must find a good solution that makes the world a better place to live.
1. We hear, see and read about problems in the world
A. once a week B. every day C. every week D. every year
2. What causes the air pollution ?
A. fumes from vehicles. B. poisonous gases from factories.
C. waste from everywhere D. all are correct
3. The sea has become polluted because of
A. oil spills B. factories wastes
C. smoke from factories D. a and b are correct
4. In order to make the world a better place to live, we
A. should not prevent pollution B. should find a good solution.
C. should kill the fish. D. None is correct.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 167
35. Read the text then choose the best option to complete the passage
LEARNING A SECOND LANGUAGE
Some people learn a second language (1) . Other people have trouble learning a
new language. How can you help (2) learn a new language, such as English? There are
several ways to make learning English a little (3) and more interesting. The first step is to
feel positive about learning English. If you believe that you can learn, you will learn. (4)
patient. You don’t to have to understand (5) all at once. It’s natural to make mistakes
when you learn something new. We can learn from our mistakes. The second step is to practice your
English. For example, write in the journal, or diary, everyday. You will get used to (6) in
English and you will feel more comfortable expressing your ideas in English. After several weeks,
you will see that your writing is improving. (7) you must speak English everyday. You
can practice with your classmates (8) class.
The third step is to keep a record of your language learning. You can write this in
your journal. After (9) class, think about what you did. Did you answer a question (10)
? Did you understand something the teacher explained? Perhaps the lesson was
difficult, but you tried to understand it.
It is important to practice every day and make a record of your achievements.
1. A. ease B. easy C. easily D. All are correct
2. A. itself B. yourself C. himself D. herself
3. A. ease B. easy C. easily D. easier
4. A. Be B. Being C. To be D. Been
5. A. anything B. nothing C. everything D. something
6. A. write B. writing C. to write D. written
7. A. In addition B. Addition C. Additional D. By addition
8. A. of side B. outside C. beside D. by side
9. A. some B. each C. all D. few
10. A. correct B. correction C. correctly D. corrective
36. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences.
Garbage is a (1) _ problem in the U.S . Every year, Americans produce about 308
billion pounds. A lot of the garbage goes (2) the landfills. But many landfills do not
have room(3) all the garbage.
One (4) to the garbage problem is recycling. Half of all the garbage in the U.S
can be (5) and use again.
Recycling helps the landfills problem and (6) enough energy too. When people
recycling newspapers, they save (7) When they recycling glass, plastic, or cans. They
save oil and electricity. Recycling is good for (8)
1. A. difficultly B. serious C. pleased D. dangerously
2. A. at B. in C. into D. to
3. A. to B. for C. from D. in
4. A. talk B. tell C. answer D. ask
5. A. reused B. recycled C. product D. reduced.
6. A. save B. saving C. to save D. saves.
7. A. trees B. paper C. electricity D. water.
8. A. everything B. everyone C. something D. someone.
37. Read the text then choose the best answer
We are all destroying the earth. The sea and the rivers are too dirty to swim. There is so (1)
smoke in the air that it is unhealthy to live in many of the world’s cities. In one well-
known city, for example , gases from cars (2) the air so much that the police men have to
wear oxygen masks.
We have cut down so many (3) that there are now vast areas of wasteland
(4) over the world. As a result, farmers in parts of Africa can’t (5) enough to eat . In certain
TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 168
countries in Asia, there is so little rice. Moreover, we do not take enough (6) of the
countryside. Wild (7) in India now because we have killed too many for them to
survive.
1. A. a little B. much C. many D. a few
2. A. pollute B. pollution C. polluted D. unpolluted
3. A. forests B. plants C. trees D. wood
4. A. through B. out C. on D. of all
5. A. grow B. work C. take D. supply
6. A. careless B. care C. worry D. tired
7. A. tigers B. animals C. animals D. cattle.
8. A. rare B. ever C. rarely D. sometime
38- Choose the word or phrase (a,b,c,d)that best fits the blank space in the passage:
Our oceans are becoming (1) polluted. Most of this (2) comes from the
lands, which means it comes (3) people. First, there is raw sewage, which is (4)
directly into the sea. Many countries, both developed and developing, are guilty of (5) this.
Secondly, ships drop about six million tons of garbage into the sea each year. Thirdly, there are oil
spills from ships. A ship has an accident and oil leaks from the vessel.
This is not (6) pollutes the water, but it also kills marine life. Next, there are
(7) materials from factories. Without proper regulations, factory owners let the waste run
directly into the rivers, which leads to the sea. And finally, oil is washed from the land. This can be
the result of (8) or a deliberate dumping of waste.
1. A. extremely B. extreme C. extreming D. extremed
2. A .pollute B. pollution C. polluted D. polluting
3. A. in B. on C. to D. from
4. A. pumped B. pumping C. pump D. pumps
5. A. do B. did C. done D. doing
6. A. also B. only C. because D. Although
7. A. waste B. wasteful C. wasting D. wasted
8. A. carelessness B. carefulness C. carefully D. carelessly
39- Read the following passage. Put a circle round the letter of the correct word or words to use
in each blank
When the man first learns how to make a fire, he began to use fuel for the first time. The
first fuel he used was probably wood. As time passed man eventually discovered that substances
such as coal and oil (1) .
Coal (2) very widely as a source of energy until the end of the 19th century. With
the coming of the industrial revolution, it was soon realized that production (3) if coal
was used instead of wood. Nowadays, many of the huge factories and electricity generating stations
(4)
to function if there was no coal.
In the last forty or fifty years, however, the use of coal (5) as a result, there have
been changes in the coal industry. It (6) _ that more people (7) coal if oil and
gas were not readily available.
There is mote than enough coal in the world for man’s needs for the next two hundred years if
our use of coal (8) Unfortunately, however, about half of the world’s coal (9) _
Mining much of it (10) _ very expensive even if it was possible to use new equipment.
1. A- are burning B- would burn C- have burn D- were burnt
2. A- nit used B- did not use C- not using D- was not used
3. A- doubles B- had doubled C- will double D- would double
4. A- were unable B- would be unable C- will be unable D- are unable
5. A- has declined B- will decline C- declines D- would decline
6. A- believed B- is believing C- believing D- is believed
TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 169
7. A- would use B- used C- use D- will use

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 170
8. A- did not increase B- would not increase C- does not increase D- may not increase
9. A- would never use B- may never be used C- may never use D- would never be
used 10.A- was B- used to be C- would be D- has been
40. Fill in the blanks with proper words, then answer the following questions.
power – effective – nuclear – advanced – pollution
heat – stored – electricity – energy - panels
Are you looking for a cheap, clean, (1) source of power that doesn’t cause (2)
or waste natural resources? Look no further than solar (3) from our Sun. At
present, most of our (4) comes from the use of coal and gas, oil or (5) power.
This power could be provided by the Sun. one percent of the solar energy that reaches the Earth is
enough to provide (6) for the total population.
Many countries are already using solar energy. Solar (7) are placed on the roofs of a
house and the Sun’s energy is used to (8) water. The energy can be (9) for a number of
days, so on cloudy days you can use solar energy, too. Sweden has an (10) solar energy
program. There, all buildings will be heated by solar energy and cars will use solar power instead
of gas by the year 2015.
1) Is the solar energy an efficient source of power?

2) Where are the solar panels placed?

3) How long can the energy be stored?

……………………………………………………………………….
4) Is the solar energy used in Vietnam now?

41: Read the passage, choose True or False.

Many people still believe that natural resources will never be used up. Actually, the world’s
energy resources are limited. Nobody knows exactly how much fuel is left. However, we also should
use them economically and try to find out alternative sources of power. According to
Professor Marvin Burnham of the New England Institute of Technology, we have to start conserving
coal, oil and gas before it is too late; and nuclear power is the only alternative.
However, many people do not approve of using nuclear power because it’s very dangerous.
What would happen if there was a serious nuclear accident? Radioactivity causes cancer and may
badly affect the future generations.
The most effective thing is that we should use natural resources as economical as possible.
1. Natural resources will never run out.
2. We don’t know exactly how much fuel is left.
3. We shouldn’t waste fuel.
4. According to Professor Marvin Burnham, solar energy will be used as a substitute for
natural resources.
5. All people agree to use nuclear power as an alternative energy.
6. Radioactivity from nuclear power causes cancer and may have bad effect on the
future generations.
7. Natural resources should be used as much as possible.
8. My family used to be having dinner at 7 o’clock in the evening
9. I wish I can go with you to the countryside next weekend
42. Choose the best option to fill each of the blanks to make a meaningful passage:
Most people think of computers as very modern inventions, products of our new
technological age. But actually the idea for a computer was (1) out over two centuries ago by
a man (2)
Charles Babbage.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 171
Babbage was born in 1791 and (3) up to be a brilliant mathematician. He drew up
plans for several calculatingmachines (4) he called “engines”. But despite the fact that he
(5)
building some of these he never finished any of them. Over the years people have argued (6)
his machines would ever work. Recently, however, the Science Museum in London has
finished building (7) engine (8) on one of Babbage’s. designs.
It has taken six years to complete and more (9) four thousand parts have been
specially made. Whether it works or not, the machine will be on show at a special exhibition in the
Science Museum to (10) people of Babbage’s work.
1. A. turned B. thought C. invented D.worked
2. A. known B. recognized C. called D.written
3. A. developed B. grew C. brought D.expected
4.A. which B. who C. there D.whose
5.A. wanted B. made C. started D.missed
6.A. until B. whether C. while D.though
7.A. an B. the C. some D.that
8.A. depended B. based C. insisted D.influenced
9.A. than B. therefore C. when D.then
10.A. remind B. say C. inform D.encourage
43. Read the text then answer true or false
People use many sources of energy. Ancient people used only their arms, hands, and simple
tools until they discovered fire. Later, people learned to use the energy of the wind to sail ships. Then
they learned to use animals to do work. In the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, people began to
use machines. The first machines used steam. They burned coal to heat water. The hot water turned
into steam, and the steam engine did the work. Later, people began to use the gasoline engine, and
today people are using nuclear energy.
Energy is one of the basic concepts, or ideas, of physics. It is the ability to do work. Without
energy we could live. We need energy to work, and scientists are always looking for new sources of
energy.
1. None of the world’s energy comes from the sun.
2. Wind, steam, and gasoline are sources of energy.
3. People have never used nuclear energy.
4. Energy is the ability to do work.
5. We need new sources of energy.
44. Complete the passage.
“ sun, however, lasts, for, cause, used, in, of, being, but”
Are you looking (1)…….a cheap, clean, effective source of power that doesn’t (2) ……
pollution or waste natural resources? Look no further than solar energy. While most fuels now in use
are (3)…… burned at an astonishing rate, solar energy, or power from the (4)…… , will last as long
as the world (5)...........This energy has already been (6)…… to heat and cool homes and to cook
food. It has been used experimentally (7)…… radio batteries and in furnishing power for telephone
lines. The devices, (8)……, are cheap to operate but very expensive to produce.
45- Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following passage:
Christmas is a family (1) and many of the customs center on children. When they
go to bed on Christmas (2) , children hang up a pillow case or a sack for their
presents. (3) , it should be a stocking, but a stocking wouldn’t hold enough to (4)
today’s kids.
While the children are (5) , so the custom goes, Father Christmas or Santa Claus, comes
(but (6) to children who have been good). He travels (7) the North Pole in a sleigh which
is (8) by reindeer. After landing on the roof, Santa Claus climbs down the (9)
and puts (10) in the sacks that the children have left out.
TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 172
1/ A. tradition B. nation C. internation D. celebration
2/ A. Eve B. evening C. morning D. afternoon
3/ A. Actually B. Traditionally C. Fortunately D. Usually
4/ A. become B. celebrate C. satisfy D. enjoy
5/ A. sleep B. asleep C. sleeping D. slept
6/ A. only B. so C. both D. also
7/ A. to B. for C. from D. in
8/ A. pull B. to pull C. pulling D. pulled
9/ A. tree B. chimney C. roof D. reindeer
10/ A. presents B. food C. drinks D. decoration
46. Read the text then choose the best word to fill in the blanks
The Pilgrims left their home in England in (1) ……… of religious liberty. After a long,
hard (2) ………….. across the Atlantic, their ship, the Mayflower, finally (3)...................land. In
November, 1620, the Pilgrims sailed into Cape Cod Bay in Massachusetts to start (4)..........new
life. The first winter was (5).................of hardship. Then in the spring they planted seeds, and all
summer long they worked (6).................their farms and prayed for good crops. When fall came,
they had a very good harvest with plenty of food for the winter. In addition, the men went (7)
…………. in the woods and shot wild turkeys. The Pilgrims were very thankful. They prepared
a great feast and invited their friendly Indian (8)..............to enjoy it with them.
In memory of that happy day Americans (9) ……… Thanksgiving Day every year. They (10) …..
relatives and friends to eat turkey and other tasty foods and to give thanks for all good things.
1.A. interest B. look C. search D. need
2. A. trip B. voyage C. journey D. travel
3. A. came B. went C. reached D. got
4. A. his B. her C. their D. its
5. A. filled B. full C. covered D. lack
6. A. at B. in C. for D. on
7. A. fishing B. hunting C. catching D. searching
8.A. people B. neighbors C. residents D. settlers
9. A. hold B. organize C. celebrate D. give
10.A. ask B. call C. want D. invite
47. Fill in the blanks with proper words, then answer the following questions.
of – up – from – with – on – for – to - after
St. Valentine’s Day is a celebration (1) romance and love. This holiday comes (2)
an ancient Roman festival called the Feast of Lupercalia (3) a Roman called St.
Valentine who was martyred (4) refusing to give (5) _ Christianity. He died (6)
February 14th, and the date was set aside to honor him. St. valentine was named the patron
saint of lovers and February 14th became the dated for exchanging love letters or massages and for

sending flowers (usually red roses), and chocolate candy (7) a loved one. St. valentine'sDay
colors are red and white. School children have classroom parties Valentine candy and
(8) pass out Valentine cards to each other.
1. Is St. Valentine’s Day a celebration of romance and love?

2. Where does this holiday come from?

3. Whey is St. valentine’s Day celebrated on February 14th?

4. What do people do on this day?

5. List the two colors of St. valentine’s Day?

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 173

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 174
6. How do school children hold St. Valentine’s Day?

48. Read the text and do the task below

Every December, I begin to feel uncomfortable. Why? Christmas is coming. Most people enjoy this
holiday, but it makes me depressed. First, I’m not a religious person. This holiday celebrates the birth
of Christ, and it’s full of religious symbols. Second, Christmas is becoming more and more
commercial. It’s the most important time of year for owners of stores, for example. Spending lots of
money seems to be people’s main activity in December. Everywhere you hear the commands “ Buy!
Spend! Give!”. It’s awful. Last, I think Christmas is a difficult time of year for people without
families. I’ve been living away from my family for several years, and I miss being with them -
especially at Christmas.
a) Choose the best answer
1. How does the writer feel when Christmas comes?
A. enjoyable B. happy C. uncomfortable D. comfortable
2. What does Christmas celebrates?
A. The birth of religious people. B. The day when Christ was born
C. The birth of religious symbols. D. The birth of religious places.
3. What is the most important time of year for owners of stores?
A. Christmas B. New Year C. Easter D. Passover
b) Answer true or false
Statement T F
1. Christmas makes the writer depressed.
2. Christmas is full of religious symbols.
3. People spend lots of money buying Christmas presents.
4. Only shop owners enjoy Christmas.
5. Christmas is a good time for people living away from the family.
49. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following passage:
Christmas is a family (1) and many of the customs center on children. When they
go to bed on Christmas (2) , children hang up a pillow case or a sack for their
presents. (3) , it should be a stocking, but a stocking wouldn’t hold enough to (4)
today’s kids.
While the children are (5) , so the custom goes, Father Christmas or Santa Claus, comes
(but (6) to children who have been good). He travels (7) the North Pole in a sleigh which
is (8) by reindeer. After landing on the roof, Santa Claus climbs down the (9)
and puts (10) in the sacks that the children have left out.
1. A. tradition B. nation C. internation D. celebration
2. A. Eve B. evening C. morning D. afternoon
3. A. Actually B. Traditionally C. Fortunately D. Usually
4. A. become B. celebrate C. satisfy D. enjoy
5. A. sleep B. asleep C. sleeping D. slept
6. A. only B. so C. both D. also
7. A. to B. for C. from D. in
8. A. pull B. to pull C. pulling D. pulled
9. A. tree B. chimney C. roof D. reindeer
10. A. presents B. food C. drinks D. decoration
50. Fill in each gap with one suitable word.
Tet or the Lunar New Year holiday is the (1) important (2) in Viet Nam. Tet
is a (3) festival (4) occurs in late January or early February. It (5) a
time for families to clean and decorate their houses, wear new (6) and enjoy special (7)

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

 EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 175
such (8) sticky cakes. Family member (9) live apart try to be together
(10) Tet.
51. Choose words in the box to fill in the blanks
with top bought friends put under on hand
Christmas is the biggest festival of the year in most of Britain. Celebrations start properly (1) … 24 th
of December, Christmas Eve, although there have been several weeks of preparation before (2) … .
The Christmas trees and all the presents, food, drinks and decorations have been (3) …. Christmas
cards have always been sent to (4) … and relations. About a week before Christmas, people usually
(5) … up their decorations and decorate the Christmas tree (6) … lights, various colored decorations
and an angel on the (7) … . Family presents are usually put (8) … the tree.
52. Choose the best option to fill in the blanks
Christmas is my favorite holiday. I enjoy (36) ……. Christmas cookies and planning parties. I
sending cards and hearing from old friends. I love seeing children open their (37) ……on Christmas
morning. Most of all, I love one special custom that we have in our family. On the night before
Christmas we (38) ….. in warm clothing and go from house to house in our neighborhood. At each
house, we (39) Christmas songs.
Then we go to a hospital or a home for elderly people and we sing there. We want to let people
know that we care about them. Afterward, we come home and drink hot chocolate by the (40) I
love this!
1. A. bake B. baking C. to bake D. baked
2. A. presents B .gifts C. offers D. Both A and B
3. A. wear B. put on C. dress up D. get
4. A. sing B. shout C. cry D. speak
5. A. fireworks B. fireplace C. light D. firecrackers
53. Read the text then choose the best answer for the question
In the USA, people celebrate Mother’s day and Fathers day. Mother’s day is celebrated on the
second Sunday in May. On this occasion, mother usually receives greeting cards and gifts from her
husband and children. The best gifts of all American Mom are a day of leisure. The majority of
American mothers have outside jobs as well as housework, so their working days are often very hard.
Flower is an important part of Mother’s day. Mothers are often given a plant for the occasion,
particularly if they are elderly.
Father’s day is celebrated throughout the USA and Canada on the third Sunday in June. The
holiday customs are similar to Mother’s day. Dad also receives greeting cards and gifts from his
family and enjoys a day of leisure.
1. Where do people celebrate Father’s day and Mother’s day?
A. In Viet Nam. B. In the world. C. In many countries. D. In the
world.
2. When is Mother’s day celebrated?
A. On the second Sunday in May. B. On the third Sunday in June.
C. October 2nd D. March 8th.
3. Do the majority of American mothers have to work hard every day?
A. No, they only do the housework. B. No, they don’t have a job.
C. Yes, they do. D. No, they don’t.
4. What is an important part of Mother’s day?
A. Gift B. Present C. Flower D. All are correct.
5. Where is Father’ day celebrated?
A. In the world. B. In the USA and Canada.
C. In many countries. D. No information.
54. Read the text then choose the best answer to fill in the blank.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 176
China said today that there was heavy loss of life in the earthquake which struck Tangshan City
yesterday. Survivors said that Tangshan, an industrial city of one million people 160 kilometers east
of Peking, was completely (2) ……..
Observers living in Beijing said it appeared that only a mall part of the one million inhabitants
escaped (2) …… or injury.
Many of the men of Tangshan were working in the (3)............ deep under the earth’s surface when
the (4) ……… occurred. Unfortunately, few of these miners have (5) ……….
1. A. broken B. destroyed C. killed D. collapsed
2. A. death B. destruction C. disaster D. accident
3. A. roads B. ways C. fields D. mines
4. A. fall B. disaster C. loss D. collapse
5. A. existed B. rescued C. survived D. saved
55 . Read the text then choose the best answer to fill in the blank.
I often hear or read about “natural disasters” – the eruption of Mount St. Helen, a volcano in
the state of Washington; Hurricane Andrew in Florida; the floods in the American Midwest; terrible
all over the world; huge fires; and so on and so on. But I’ll never forget my first personal experience
with the strangeness of nature – “the London Killer Fog” of 1952. it began on Thursday, December 4,
when a high – pressure system (warm air) covered southern England. With the freezing – cold air
below, heavy fog formed. Pollution from factories, cars, and coal stoves mixed with the fog. The
humidity was terrible high, there was no breeze at all. Traffic (cars, trains, and boats) stopped. People
couldn’t see, and some walked onto the railroad tracks or into the river. It was hard to breath, and
many people got sick. Finally, on Tuesday, December 9, the wind came and the fog went away. But
after that, even more people got sick. Many of them died.
1. Which “natural disaster” isn’t mentioned in the text?
A. a volcano B. a flood C. a hurricane D. a tornado
2. What is his unforgettable personal experience?
A. the London killer. B. the heavy fog in London in 1952.
C. the strangeness of nature. D. a high – pressure system.
3. How long did the “London Killer Fog” last?
A. for four days. B. for five days. C. for six days. D. for a week.
4. What didn’t happen during the time of “London Killer Fog”?
A. heavy rain. B. humidity. C. pollution. D. heavy fog.
5. Why did the traffic stop?
A. Because of the rain. B. Because of the windy weather.
C. Because of the humid weather. D. Because of the heavy fog.
57. Read the passage and check True or False.
Many years ago, people used to buy what they needed from stores and markets. Now where
would you go if you wanted to buy all these goods at one time? Ask anybody, and he would probably
say "you'd better go to the supermarket". A supermarket is a special kind of market. It is usually
much larger than an ordinary store. In a supermarket, you can buy all kinds of food, household,
products and daily necessities. In a store, a customer is served by a storekeeper but in a supermarket,
the goods are arranged on rows of shelves along the aisles. The prices are printed on small labels on
the goods. A customer gets goods he needs from the shelves. This is known as self-service. Of
course, you can always ask for help from the supermarket shop assistants.
When you enter a supermarket, you take a basket to carry the goods you will buy. If you
want to buy a lot of things, you will need a trolley. A trolley is like a large basket on wheels.
You can push it along the aisles, choose what you want from the shelves and put it into your
trolley. A supermarket often provides a more comfortable environment for shopping than a
market that is usually wet and dirty. As a result, many people usually buy more goods than
they need when they visit a supermarket.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 177
1.Many years ago, people used to buy what they need from supermarkets.
2.We go to a supermarket if we want to buy different kinds of goods at one
time.
3.Now people buy all they need only from stores and markets.
4.An assistant in a supermarket will serve you if you ask for help.
5.The prices of the goods are written on small labels all over the shelves.
6.It is comfortable and convenient to shop at a supermarket.
7.You will need a basket if you want to buy a lot of things.
8.A trolley carries you around the supermarket.
9.Customers get the goods they need from the shelves.
10.People buy a lot of goods when they go to supermarkets.
58. Read the following passage and choose the best answer for each blank.
Coal is a black solid fossil fuel. It is usually very (31) . Coal is made of 65%-95%
carbon. It also has hydrocarbons and some other compounds in it. It is (32) from the
remains of plants that lived millions of years ago. Coal can be burned for energy or (33) .
About two-thirds of the coal mined today is burned in power stations to make (34) . Burning
it is not as common as it used to be, (35) it causes much pollution.
Natural gas is a mixture. It (36) mainly of hydrocarbons. The main component is
methane. Natural gas is often found in the ground (37) with petroleum. Most natural gas
is burned (38) to produce energy. It burns with a clean blue flame. It causes (39)
pollution. The main use of natural gas is to produce electricity. It is also used as (40) for
cars, cooking gas and to make fertilizers.
59. Choose the word that is best fits each of the blank space:

collapsed – earthquake – hardly – disaster – city – inhabitants – above – completely – under

China said today that there were heavy loss of life in the (1) which struck Tangshan city
yesterday. Survivors said that Tangshan, an industrial (2) of one million people 160 kms East of
Peking, was (3) destroyed.
Observers living in Beijing said it appeared that only a small part of the one million (4)
escaped death or injury. Many of the men of Tangshan were working in the mines deep (5) the
earth’s surface when the (6) occurred. Unfortunately, few of these miners have survived. A lot of
people were also working in the city’s offices. Regrettably, most were killed under falling concrete
when the building (7) .
The Chinese authorities have not yet given any information about the actual number of
casualties, but it is thought that tens of thousands of people have been killed. (8) a house has been
left standing.
60. read the passage below and choose one correct answer for each question.
A UFO (Unidentified Flying Object) is any object flying in the sky which cannot be
identified by the person who sees it. Sometimes the object is investigated. If people can still not
figure out what the object is after an investigation, it is called a UFO. If they figure out what
the object is, it can no longer be called a UFO because it has been identified.
Even though UFOs can be anything, people often use the word UFO when they are talking
about alien spacecraft. Flying saucer is another word that is often used to describe an unidentified
flying object.
Studies estimate that 50%-90% of all reported UFO sightings are identified later. Usually
10%-20% are never identified. Studies also show that very few UFO sightings are hoaxes (people
trying to trick other people). Most UFOs are actually natural or man-made objects that looked
strange. *)%-90% UFOs are identified as one of three different things:
astronomical causes (for example: planets, stars, or meteors); aircraft; balloons

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 178
10%-20% of UFOs are other causes (such as birds, clouds, mirages, searchlights, etc.)
1. What does the word “figure out” in paragraph 1 mean?
A. observe B. explain C. calculate D. require
2. Another word used to describe a UFO is .
A. spacecraft B. astronaut C. flying saucer D. cooking oil
3. How many percents of all reported UFO sightings are not identified?
A. 10%-20% B. 20%-30% C. 30%-50% D. 80%-
90%
4. Most of UFOs are identified as one of the following things except .
A. stars B. balloons C. clouds D. rains
5. Which of the following sentences is NOT true?
A. UFO means Unidentified Flying Object.
B. UFO is often used to talk about alien spaceships.
C. Many UFO sightings are hoaxes.
D. Over half of all reported UFO sightings are identified.
61. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following passage:
Do you want to plan for some kind of exciting trip? Do you have a million dollars? Are you
very healthy? Are you a good traveler ? Do you want to go to nowhere? Then you can have a trip to
space.
If you (1) to take the trip, you will have to get ready a few months before the flight. You
must be in excellent (2) condition. You should run a lot, swim every day, and do (3) and push-
ups. You must get a letter from the doctor that shows you are in (4) health.
Once you get on the trip, you will be in a different world. You will see pictures of the Earth.
You may also find your country and other (5) places. You will be able to see the oceans, the
big rivers and the tall mountains.
When you are in (6) , you will not weigh anything. You will feel totally free and enjoy the
wonderful (7) you have never had before. If you (8) on board now, you would experience
those marvelous things.
1. A. decided B. deciding C. decides D. decide
2. A physics B. physician C. physical D. physicist
3. A homework B. housework C. aerobics D. cooking
4. A bad B. perfect C. sick D. well
5. A. interest B. interested C. interesting D. interests
6. A orbit B. class C. place D world
7. A feel B. feeling C. felt D. fill
8. A are B. is C. am D. were
62. Read the text then choose the best option to answer the question
Long ago a lot of people thought the moon was God. Other people thought it was just a light
in the sky. And others thought it was a big ball cheese!
The telescopes were made. And men saw that the moon was really another world. They
wondered what it was like. They dreamed of going there.
On July 20th, 1969, that dream came true. Two American men landed on the moon. Their
names were Neil Armstrong and Edwin Aldrin. The first thing the men found was that the moon is
covered with dust. The dust is so thick that the men left footprints where they walked. Those were
the first marks a living thing had ever made on the moon. And they could stay there for years and
years. There is no wind or rain to wipe them off.
The two men walked on the moo for hours. They picked up rocks to bring back to earth for
study. They dug up dirt to bring back. They set up machines to find out things people wanted to
know. Then they climbed back into their moon landing craft.
Next day the landing craft roared as the men took off the moon. They joined Michael Collins
in the spaceship that wait for them above the moon. Then they were off on their long trip back to
TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 179
earth.
Behind them they left the plains and tall mountains of the moon. They left the machines they

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 180
had set up.
And they left footprints that may last forever.
6. This story tells …………….
A. about the first men to walk in the moon
B. how men found footprints on the moon
C. what the men brought back from their trip to the moon
D. who had left footprints on the moon before the two men landed there.
7. A telescope ………………
A. make balls of light seem brighter
B. turns the moon into another world
C. makes many of men’s dreams come true
D. makes faraway things seem closer
8. The men brought rocks and dirt from the moon because …………
A. they wanted something to show they were there
B. people wanted to use them t learn about the moon
C. they wanted to keep them as souvenirs
D. they might sell them to the scientists
9. The Americans’ machines will most likely stay on the moon until …………
A. someone takes them away B. a storm covers them with dust
C. rain and wind destroy them D. they become rusty and break to pieces
10. The next people who go to the moon most likely could ………
A. find that the machines have disappeared
B. leave the first set of footprints on the moon
C. find the places where Armstrong and Aldrin walked
D. find that dust has wiped off the two men’s footprints
63. Read the passage and choose the best answer.
Ted Robinson has been worried all the week. Last Tuesday he received a letter from the local
police. In the letter he was asked to call at the station. Ted wondered why he was wanted by the
police but he went to the station yesterday, and now he is not worried any more. At the station, he
was told by a smiling policeman that his bicycle had been found. Five days ago, the policeman told
him, the bicycle was picked up in a small village four hundred miles away. It is now being sent to his
home by train. Ted was most surprised when he heard the news. He was amused too, because he
never expected the bicycle to be found. It was stolen twenty years ago when Ted was a boy of
fifteen!
1. What happened to Ted last week?
A. He lost his bicycle.
B. He received a letter from his friend.
C. He was asked to go to the local police station.
D. He called the local police.
2. The policeman who met Ted at the station was ......
A. impolite B. friendly C. generous D. reserved
3. Where was the bicycle found?
A. At the station B. On the train C. In a village D. In a city
4. Ted was surprised when he heard the news because ..............
A. his bicycle was found five days ago.
B. he believed that the police would find his bicycle.
C. his bicycle is being sent to his home by train.
D. he didn't think his bicycle would be found.
5. How old is Ted now?
A. 35 B. 25 C. 45 D. 55
64. Read the passage and choose the best option:----------------------------------------
TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 181
You have probably never heard of Charles Burgess Fry but in the early years of last century,

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 182
he was the most famous man in England. He became(1)...........while still at the university, mainly
(2)...........of his sporting achievements. He was, at the same time, captain of the university football,
cricket and athletics team and held the world record for the long jump. He was(3)............a popular
sport journalist. He was so famous that letters addressed to “Mr. Fry, Oxford” were delivered to
him(4) ............ any difficulty. His college, although it has a quite different name,(5).............known
as “Fry’s College”.
Some people have criticized Fry’s sporting(6)................They point out that he lived at atime(7)
....... standards were quite low and(8) .................. was much easier to do well in several sports. It
is certainly true that athletes at a time did not have the totally delicate approach of modern
athletes. However, it is only fair to judge him(9) ....... the standards of his(10)....... time. There is
no doubt that he had extra ordinary skills and an ability to write about sport with style and
intelligence.
65. Read the following passage and answer the question below
English is my mother tongue. Besides, I can speak French and Spanish. I studied the two
languages when I was at high school. Now, I am still learning Spanish at the University. As for me,
mastering a foreign language is not easy. After studying a language, practice is very necessary and
useful. Travelling to the country where the target language is spoken is very helpful, but if you can
not speak the language well enough you will certainly have troubles. I also frequently go to the
movies, watch television, listen to the radio in the language I am trying to learn. Reading is another
good way to learn. Books are good, but I personally think newspapers and magazines are better.
However, getting some knowledge of the language is the most important thing. Grammar
and vocabulary should be mastered first.
66. Read the text carefully and then choose the best answer among A/B/C or D.
FOOTPRINTS ON THE MOON
Long ago a lot of people thought the moon was a god. Other people thought it was just a light
in the sky. And others thought it was a big ball of cheese!
The telescopes were made. And men saw that the moon was really another world. They
wondered what it was like. They dreamed of going there.
On July 20,1969, that dream came true. Two American men landed on the moon. Their names
were Neil Armstrong and Edwin Aldrin. The first thing the men found was that the moon is covered
with dust. The dust is so thick that the men left footprints where they walked. Those were the first
marks a living thing had ever made on the moon. And they could stay there for years and years.
There is no wind or rain to wipe them off.
The two men walked on the moon for hours. They picked up rocks to bring back to earth for
study. They drug up dirt to bring back. They set up machines to find out things people wanted to
know. Then they climbed back into their moon landing craft.
Next day the landing craft roared as the two men took off from the moon. They joined Michael
Collins in the spaceship that waited for them above the moon. Then they were off on their long trip
back to earth. Behind them they left the plains and tall mountains of the moon. They left the
machines they had set up. And they left footprints that may last forever.
1. This story tells .
A. about the first men to walk on the moon.
B. how men found footprints on the moon.
C. what the men brought back from their trip to the moon.
D.whohadleftfootprintsonthemoonbeforethetwomenlandedthere.
2. A telescope .
A. makes balls of light seem brighter.
B. turns the moon into another world.
C. makes many of men’s dreams come true.
D. makes faraway things seem closer.
3. The men brought rocks and dirt from the moon because _.
TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 183
A. they wanted something to show they were there.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 184
B. people wanted to use them to learn about the moon.
C. they wanted to keep them as souvenirs.
D. they might sell them to scientists.
4. The Americans’ machines will most likely stay on the moon until .
A. someone takes them away.
B. a storm covers them with dust.
C. rain and wind destroy them.
D. they become rusty and break to pieces.
5. The next people who go to the moon most likely could .
A. find that the machines have disappeared.
B. leave the first set of footprints on the moon.
C. find the places where Armstrong and Aldrin walked.
D. find that dust had wiped off the two men’s footprints.
67. Read the passage and choose a, b, c, d for each of the following gaps.
Drought is a condition that (1) when the average rainfall for a fertile area drops far
below the normal (2) for a long period of time. In areas (3) are not irritated, the
lack of rain causes farm crops to wither and (4) . Higher than normal temperatures usually
accompany (5) of drought .They add (6) the crop damage. Forest fires start easily
during (7) .The soil of a drought area becomes (8) and crumbles. Often
the rich topsoil is (9) away by the hot, dry winds .Streams, ponds, and wells often dry up during
a drought, and animals suffer and may even die (10) the lack of water.

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 185
PRONUNCITATION

EXERCISE 1: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the
others

1. A. arrived B. believed C. received D. hoped

2. A. opened B. knocked C. played D. occurred
3. A. rubbed B. tugged C. stopped D. filled
4. A. dimmed B. travelled C. passed D. stirred
5. A. tipped B. begged C. quarrelled D. carried
6. A. tried B. obeyed C. cleaned D. asked
7. A. packed B. added C. worked D. pronounced
8. A. watched B. phoned C. referred D. followed
9. A. agreed B. succeeded C. smiled D. loved
10. A. laughed B. washed C. helped D. weighed
11. A. walked B. ended C. started D. wanted
12. A. killed B. hurried C. regretted D. planned
13. A. visited B. showed C. wondered D. studied
14. A. sacrificed B. finished C. fixed D. seized
15. A. needed B. booked C. stopped D. washed
16. A. loved B. teased C. washed D. rained
17. A. packed B. punched C. pleased D. pushed
18. A. filled B. naked C. suited D. wicked
19. A. caused B. increased C. practised D. promised
20. A. washed B. parted C. passed D. barked
21. A. killed B. cured C. crashed D. waived
22. A. imagined B. released C. rained D. followed
23. A. called B. passed C. talked D. washed
24. A. landed B. needed C. opened D. wanted
25. A. cleaned B. attended C. visited D. started
26. A. talked B. fished C. arrived D. stepped
27. A. wished B. wrapped C. laughed D. turned
28. A. considered B. rescued C. pulled D. roughed
29. A. produced B. arranged C. checked D. fixed
30. A. caused B. examined C. operated D. advised
31. A. discovered B. destroyed C. developed D. opened
32. A. repaired B. invented C. wounded D. succeeded
33. A. improved B. parked C. broadened D. encouraged
34. A. delivered B. organized C. replaced D. obeyed
35. A. painted B. provided C. protected D. equipped
36. A. tested B. marked C. presented D. founded
37. A. used B. finished C. married D. rained
38. A. allowed B. dressed C. flashed D. mixed
39. A. switched B. stayed C. believed D. cleared
40. A. recommended B. waited C. handed D. designed
41. A. annoyed B. phoned C. watched D. remembered
42. A. hurried B. decided C. planned D. wondered
43. A. posted B. added C. managed D. arrested
44. A. dreamed B. neglected C. denied D. admired
45. A. admitted B. advanced C. appointed D. competed

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

 EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 186
46. A. announced B. apologized C. answered D. argued
47. A. complained B. applied C. compared D. polished
48. A. declared B. exchanged C. excused D. joined
49. A. contributed B. jumped C. introduced D. vanished
50. A. whispered B. wandered C. sympathized D. sentenced
51. A. worked B. stopped C. forced D. wanted
52. A. kissed B. helped C. forced D. raised
53. A. confused B. faced C. cried D. defined
54. A. devoted B. suggested C. provided D. wished
55. A. catched B. crashed C. occupied D. coughed
56. A. agreed B. missed C. liked D. watched
57. A. measured B. pleased C. distinguished D. managed
58. A. wounded B. routed C. wasted D. risked
59. A. imprisoned B. pointed C. shouted D. surrounded
60. A. a.failed B. reached C. absored D. solved
61. A. invited B. attended C. celebrated D. díplayed
62. A removed B. washed C. hoped D. missed
63. A. looked B. laughed C. moved D.stepped
64. A. wanted B.parked C. stopped D.watched
65. A. laughed B. passed C. suggested D. placed
66. A.believed B. prepared C. involved D. liked
67. A.lifted B. lasted C. happened D. decided
68. A. collected B. changed C. formed D. viewed
69. A. walked B. entertained C. reached D. looked
70. A.admired B. looked C. missed D. Hoped
71.
EXERCISE 2: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the
others
1. A. skims B. works C. sits D. laughs
2. A. fixes B. pushes C. misses D. goes
3. A. cries B. buzzes C. studies D. supplies
4. A. holds B. notes C. replies D. sings
5. A. keeps B. gives C. cleans D. prepares
6. A. runs B. fills C. draws D. catches
7. A. drops B. kicks C. sees D. hopes
8. A. types B. knocks C. changes D. wants
9. A. drinks B. rides C. travels D. leaves
10. A. calls B. glasses C. smiles D. learns
11. A. schools B. yards C. labs D. seats
12. A. knives B. trees C. classes D. agrees
13. A. buses B. horses C. causes D. ties
14. A. garages B. boats C. bikes D. roofs
15. A. ships B. roads C. streets D. speaks
16. A. beliefs B. cups C. plates D. apples
17. A. books B. days C. songs D. erasers
18. A. houses B. knives C. clauses D. changes
19. A. roofs B. banks C. hills D. bats
20. A. hats B. tables C. tests D. desks
21. A. gives B. passes C. dances D. finishes
22. A. sees B. sings C. meets D. needs

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

 EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 266
23. A. seeks B. plays C. gets D. looks
24. A. tries B. receives C. teaches D. studies
25. A. says B. pays C. stays D. boys
26. A. eyes B. apples C. tables D. faces
27. A. posts B. types C. wives D. keeps
28. A. beds B. pens C. notebooks D. rulers
29. A. stools B. cards C. cabs D. forks
30. A. buses B. crashes C. bridges D. plates
31. A. proofs B. books C. points D. days
32. A. asks B. breathes C. breaths D. hopes
33. A. sees B. sports C. pools D. trains
34. A. tombs B. lamps C. brakes D. invites
35. A. books B. floors C. combs D. drums
36. A. cats B. tapes C. rides D. cooks
37. A. walks B. begins C. helps D. cuts
38. A. shoots B. grounds C. concentrates D. forests
39. A. helps B. laughs C. cooks D. finds
40. A. hours B. fathers C. dreams D. thinks
41. A. beds B. doors C. plays D. students
42. A. arms B. suits C. chairs D. boards
43. A. boxes B. classes C. potatoes D. finishes
44. A. relieves B. invents C. buys D. deals
45. A. dreams B. heals C. kills D. tasks
46. A. resources B. stages C. preserves D. focuses
47. A. carriages B. whistles C. assures D. costumes
48. A. offers B. mounts C. pollens D. swords
49. A. miles B. words C. accidents D. names
50. A. sports B. households C. minds D. Plays
51. A. talked B. painted C. asked D. liked
52. A. worked B. stopped C. forced D. wanted
53. A. lays B. says C. stays D. plays
54. A. waited B. mended C. objected D. faced
55. A. roses B. villages C. apples D. matches
56. A. languages B. rabies C. assumes D. consumes
57. A. markedly B. allegedly C. needed D. walked
58. A. succeeds B. devotes C. prevents D. coughs
59. A. kissed B. helped C. forced D. raised
60. A. sees B. sports C. pools D. trains
61. A. learned B. watched C. helped D. wicked
62. A. widens B. referees C. sacks D. cancels
63. A. tombs B. lamps C. brakes D. invites
64. A. books B. floors C. combs D. drums
65. A. packed B. punched C. pleased D. pushed
66. A. confused B. faced C. cried D. defined
67. A. trays B. says C. bays D. days

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

 EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 267
68. A. kissed B. pleased C. increased D. ceased
69. A. devoted B. suggested C. provided D. wished
70. A. closes B. loses C. loves D. chooses
71. A. gives B. phones C. switches D. dives
72. A. watched B. crashed C. occupied D. coughed
73. A. studies B. flourishes C. finishes D. glances
74. A. hears B. thanks C. blows D. coincides
75. A. started B. looked C. decided D. coincided
76. A. designed B. preserved C. sawed D. guided
77. A. stops B. climbs C. pulls D. televisions
78. A. cats B. tapes C. rides D. cooks
79. A. agreed B. missed C. liked D. watched
80. A. measured B. pleased C. distinguished D. managed
81. A. practised B. amused C. advertised D. annoyed
82. A. embarrassed B. astonished C. surprised D. decreased
83. A. walks B. begins C. helps D. cuts
84. A. shoots B. grounds C. concentrates D. forests
85. A. practiced B. raised C. rained D. followed
86. A. concealed B. fined C. resembled D. resisted
87. A. tells B. talks C. stays D. steals
88. A. hours B. fathers C. dreams D. thinks
89. A. laughed B. ploughed C. coughed D. disliked
90. A. imagined B. punished C. diseased D. determined
91. A. examined B. released C. serviced D. ceased
92. A. diseases B. pleases C. loses D. releases
93. A. bushes B. buses C. lorries D. charges
94. A. expelled B. dismissed C. encountered D. returned
95. A. biscuits B. magazines C. newspapers D. vegetables
96. A. filled B. landed C. suited D. crooked
97. A. chased B. wished C. pursued D. thanked
98. A. beds B. doors C. plays D. students
99. A. preferred B. worked C. fixed D. fetched
100. A. completes B. engines C. taxis D. ferries
101. A. difficulties B. enriches C. classes D. enlarges
102. A. characters B. problems C. retreats D. universities
103. A. shipped B. hitchhiked C. traced D. repainted
104. A. caused B. promised C. kissed D. discussed
105. A. listened B. burgled C. robbed D. chatted

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 268
APPENDIX 1

Các Từ Ngữ Thông Dụng Ôn Tuyển Sinh

1. Account for : chiếm
2. All over the world = in the world : khắp thế giới
3. Ask for : yêu cầu
4. Add…to : thêm vào
5. At the entrance to the village : ở đầu làng
6. At work : ở sở làm
7. By bus / car / motorbike : bằng phương tiện
8. Close to : gần gũi, thân thiện
9. Come from : xuất sứ
10. Consist of : bao gồm
11. Clear up : dọn dẹp
12. Come from : xuất sứ từ
13. Compare with : so sánh với
14. Complain about : than phiền về
15. Congratulate someone on : chúc mừng ai về điều gì
16. Cover with : bao phủ với
17. Cut down : đốn cây
18. Depend on : phụ thuộc
19. Distinguish … from : phân biệt với
20. Divide into : chia thành
21. Do harm to : gây hại cho
22. End up : kết thúc
23. Feel like : cảm thấy như
24. Go away : đi xa
25. Go on : tiếp tục, xảy ra
26. Go on a diet : ăn kiêng
27. Go on a picnic : đi cắm trại
28. Go up : tăng giá
29. Give out : phát ra, đưa ra
30. Give someone advice on : khuyên ai về điều gì
31. Hundreds of : hàng trăm
32. Help with : giúp đỡ với
33. In a word : nói tóm lại
34. In case :phòng thi
35. In stead of : thay vì
36. It’s very kind of = To be kind of : tử tế
37. In a dormitory : ở ký túc xá
38. In addition : ngoài ra
39. In conclusion : kết luận
40. In English : bằng tiếng anh
41. In the river : ở trên sông
42. Keep in touch : giữ liên lạc
43. Laugh at : cười, chế nhạo

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 269
44. Learn a lot about : học dược nhiều điều về
45. Learn by heart : học thuộc lòng
46. Look at : nhìn
47. Look for : tìm kiếm
48. Look after = take care of : chăm sóc
49. Look forward to + Ving : trông đợi
50. Name after : đặt tên cho
51. On a farm : ở nông trại
52. On campus : ở khuôn viên trường đại học
53. On foot : đi bộ
54. On the river bank : bên bờ sông
55. On the earth : trên trái đất
56. On the ground : trên mặt đất
57. Out of fashion : lỗi thời
58. For a long time = for ages : đã lâu rồi
59. Participate in = take part in : tham gia
60. Pay attention to : chú ý
61. Prepare for : chuẩn bị
62. Prevent … from : ngăn cản
63. Protect … from : bảo vệ
64. Provide someone with something :cung cấp cho ai cái gì
65. Provide something for someone : cung cấp cái gì cho ai
66. Spend on : tốn thời gian tiền bạc vào việc gì
67. Such as : Như là
68. Suck up : Hất tung
69. Switch on : bật
70. Thanks for : cảm ơn về
71. Take … from : lấy từ
72. The foot of a mountain : chân núi
73. To the north/south of : ở hướng Bắc/Nam
74. Turn on : bật
75. Turn off : tắt
76. Turn up : vặn lớn
77. Turn down : vặn nhỏ
78. To be amazed at : kinh ngạc về
79. To be different from : khác với
80. To be disappointed with : tất vọng về
81. To be equal to : công bằng
82. To be excited about : phấn khởi về
83. To be fond of : thích
84. To be full of = to be filled with : đầy
85. To be good at : giỏi về
86. To be good for : tốt cho
87. To be guilty of : có tội
88. To be independent of : độc lập
89. To be interested in : quan tâm, thích
90. To be keen on : say mê
TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 270
91. To be kind of : tử tế
92. To be late for : trễ
93. To be littered with : vứt rác
94. To be pleased with : hài lòng với
95. To be popular with : phổ biến với
96. To be polluted with = to be contaminated with : ô nhiễm
97. To be proud of = take pride in = pride on: tự hào về
98. Wear out : mòn, sờn
99. What aspect of : khía cạnh nào
100. To be worried about : lo lắng về

APPENDIX 2: WORD FAMILY

1. Academy ( n ) : học viện - academic ( n ) : giảng viên đại học - academic ( adj ) thuộc và
nhà trường • academically ( adv ) về mặt học thuật
2. Access ( V ) : tiếp cận • accessible ( adj ) : có thể tiếp cận , inaccessible ( adj ) : không thể tiếp
cận 3 Alter ( v ) thay đổi alternative ( adj ) thay thế alternatively ( adv ) : như một sự lựa chion
4. Apply ( v ) : xin , thỉnh cầu application ( n ) : sự áp dụng , sự thỉnh cầu , đơn xin = applicant ( 1 )
: Bng cử viên
5 , Attract ( v ) : thu hút , lôi cuốn attractive ( adj ) # unattractive ( adj ) - attractively ( adv ) -
attraction ( n )
6. Annoy ( v ) : làm khó chịu ở annoyed ( adj ) : bực tức ( người ) , annoying ( adj ) : khó chịu ( vật ) -
annoyance ( n ) : sự bực mình
7 , Attend ( v ) : tham dự - attedance ( adj ) : sự tham dự - attendant ( n ) : người tham dự
8. Believe (v ) : cư xử - behavior (n ) → behavioral ( adj ) - behaviorally ( adv )
9. Confide (v) : tâm sự , giữ bí mật confidential (adj): tuyệt mật
11.confident (adj ) : tự tin → confidently ( adv ) - confidence ( n ) : tin
cậy
12. Contest ( n ) : cuộc thi - contestant ( n ) : thí sinh
13 , Culture ( n ) : văn hóa + cultural ( a ) : thuộc về văn hóa multicultural ( a ) : đa sắc
14. Delight ( V ) : vui sướng , vui mừng - delighted ( adj ) : hài lòng , delightful ( adj ) : thú vị , lôi
cuốn - delight ( n ) : niềm vui mừng
15. Depend ( V ) : lệ thuộc 4 dependent ( adj ) : lệ thuộc , independent ( adj ) : độc lập , dependable
( adj ) : đáng tin cậy - dependence ( n ) : sự lệ thuộc , independence ( n ) : SỰ - độc lập
16. Erabarrass ( V ) : Làm bối rối ermbarrassed ( adj ) : bối rối ( dùng cho người ) embarrassing ( adj
) : ngượng ngùng ( dùng cho vật ) - embarrassment ( 7 )
17. Entertain ( V ) : giải trí , tiêu khiển - entertainment ( n ) : sự giải trí - entertainer ( n ) : người
làm trò tiêu khiển = entertaining ( a ) : thú vị - entertainingly ( adv )

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 271
18. Exhibit ( v ) : triển lãm ->exhibition ( n ) : cuộc triển lãm => exhibitionist ( n ) : người ở

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 272
19. Establish ( v ) thành lập , thiết lập – establisher ( n ) đã
thành lập – establishment ( n ) : sự thành lập
20. Fluent ( a ) : thông thạo , trôi chảy – fluently ( adv ) : một cách thông thạo - Fluency (n)sự thông
thạo
21. Globe ( n ) : toàn cầu - global ( adj ) : toàn cầu – globally ( adv ) : toàn bộ , tổng tíễ globalization
( n ) : toàn cầu hóa
22. Grow ( v ) : phát triển - growing ( adj ) » growth ( n ) : sự trưởng thành
23. Occasion ( n ) : dịp , cơ hội – occasional ( a ) : thỉnh thoảng - occasionally ( adv )
24. Office ( n ) : văn phòng + official ( a ) : chính thức - official ( n ) : sĩ quan ở officially ( adv )
25. Preserve ( v ) : bảo quản , giữ gìn - preservative ( adj ) : bảo quảnº preservation ( n ) : sự bảo quản
- preservative ( n ) : chất bảo quản
26. Produce ( v ) : sản xuất - producer ( n ) : nhà sản xuất - production ( n ) : sản lượng • product ( n
) : sản phẩm 3produce ( n ) : nông sản - productive ( adj ) : năng suất - unproductive ( adj ) : không
năng suất = productively ( adv )
27. Promote ( v ) : xúc tiến , đẩy mạnh - promotional ( adj ) - promotion ( n ) : sự khuyến mãi , thăng
chức dilinin insan
28. Recognize ( v ) : nhận ra , công nhận ở recognizable ( a ) : dễ biết , dễ nhận dạng
# Unrecognizable ( a ) + recognizably ( adv ) recognition ( n )
29. Relax ( v ) : thư giãn 4 relaxing ( a ) : thư giãn ( dùng cho vật ) 4 relaxed ( a ) : thư giãn ( dùng
cho người ) – relaxation ( n )
30. Simple ( a ) : đơn giản , giản dị - simply ( adv ) : một cách đơn giản , dễ dàng - simplicity ( n )
: sự đơn giản
31. Vary ( v ) : làm cho thay đổi - Various ( adj ) : khác nhau - Variety ( n ) : sự đa dạng
32. Worry ( v ) : lo lắng • worrying ( adj ) : đáng lo ngại vật ) , worried ( adj ) : lo lắng ( người ) .
33. ACADEMY ( n ) : học viện - academic ( a ) : thuộc nhà trường - academically ( adv )
34. ACCESS ( n ) : đường đi vào – accessible ( a ) : có thể tiếp cận • inaccessible ( a ) : không
thể tiếp cận
35. ACQUAINT ( v ) : làm quen - acquainted ( a ) : quen với – acquaintance ( n ) : người quen
36. ACT ( v ) : hành động - active ( a ) : tích cực - actively ( adv ) - action ( n ) : hành động - activity
( n ) : hoạt động activist ( n ) : người hoạt động xã hội .
37. ADD ( v ) : thêm vào - addition ( n ) : sự bổ sung - additional ( a ) : phụ thêm 38. ADMIRE ( v ) :
khâm phục , ngưỡng mộ - admirable ( 3 ) - )
39. ADVERTISE ( v ) : quảng cáo - advertisement ( n ) : mục quảng cáo – advertising ( n ) :
việc quảng cáo

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 273
40. AGREE ( V ) : đồng ý * disagree ( v ) : không đồng ý - agreeable ( a ) - agreement ( n ) +
disagreement ( n )
41.AMAZE ( V ) : kinh ngạc • amazing ( a ) : dùng cho vật – amazed ( a ) : dùng cho người
– amazingly .. ( adv ) , - amazement ( n )
42. ANNOUNCE ( v ) : thông báo - announcement ( n ) : thông báo - announcer ( n ) : người
43. APPEAR ( v ) : xuất hiện ở disappear ( V ) : biến mất – appearance ( n ) = disappearance ( n )
: sự biến mất
44. APPOINT ( v ) : bổ nhiệm , hện - appointment ( n ) : cuộc hẹn
45. ARRIVE ( v ) : tới , đến - arrival ( n ) : sự tới nơi
46.ATTEND ( v ) : tham dự - attendance ( n ) : sự tham dự - attendant ( n ) : người tham dự
47. BEAUTY ( 7 ) : sắc đẹp - beautiful ( a ) : xinh đẹp – beautifuly ( adv ) + beautify ( v ) : tô điểm
48.. BEGIN ( V ) : bắt đầu - beginning ( a ) : phần đầu + beginner ( n ) : người vừa mới bắt đầu
học
xử
50. BENEFIT ( v – beneficial ( a ) - beneficially ( adv )
51. –
boredom ( n )
52. BOTANY ( n ) : thực vật học – botanical ( a ) : vườn bách thảo
53. CARE ( V ) ; chăm sóc – careful ( a ) : cẩn thận + careless ( a ) : bất cẩn - carefully ( adv )

carelessly ( adv ) - carefulness ( n ) : sự cẩn thận • carelessness ( n ) : sự bất cẩn

54.. CELEBRATE ( V ) : tổ chức lễ 4 celebrated ( a ) : nổi tiếng - celebration ( n )

56. chọn
57. CLOTH ( n ) : vải – clothes ( n ) : quần áo + clothing ( n ) : trang phục - clothe ( v ) : mặc
quần áo
58. CLOUD )
59. COLLECT ( v ) : thu gom –
người sưu tầm
60. COLOR ( n ) : màu sắc – colorless ( a ) : không màu ; colorful ( a ) : sặc sở 61. COMFORT ( n ) :
tiện nghi - comfortable ( a ) : thoải mái ở uncomfortable ( a ) : không thoải mái - comfortably ( adv )
: một cách thoải mái >< uncomfortably ( adv ) : một cách không thoải mái ,
62.COMMERCE ( n ) : thương mại - commercial ( a ) : thuộc về thương mại – commercial ( n ) : sự
quảng cáo trên truyền hình hay truyền thanh - commercialize ( v ) : thương mại hóa
63.Communicate ( v ) : giao tiếp , liên lạc - Communicative ( a ) – communication ( n )
TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 274
64. COMPARE ( V ) : so sánh - comparati - comparison ( n )

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 275
65. COMPEL ( v ) : bắt buộc - compulsory ( a ) : bắt buộc , cưỡng bách - compulsion ( n ) : sự ép
buộc
67. COMPLAIN ( v ) : than phiền – Complaint ( n ) : sự than phiền , lời than phiền
68. COMPUTE ( V ) : tính toán bằng máy tính - computer ( n ) : máy tính Computation ( n ) :
phép tính . - Computerize ( v ) : vị tính hóa – Computerization ( n ) : sự vị tính hóa
69. CONFIDENT ( a ) : tự tin + self - .
70. )

71. CONSERVE ( V ) : bảo vệ - conservative ( a ) - conservation ( n ) : vật - conservationist ( n )

: người
72.
consideration ( n )
73. CONSUME ( v ) tiêu thụ – consuming ( a ) - consumption ( n ) : sự tiêu thụ - consumer ( n ) :
người tiêu thụ
74. CONVENIENT ( a ) : thuận tiện > < inconvenient ( a ) : bất thuận tiện – convenience ( n ) : sự
thuận tiện > <inconvenience ( n ) : sự bất thuận tiện - conveniently ( adv ) > <inconveniently ( adv
)
75. CORRESPOND ( v ) : trao đổi thư từ - correspondence ( n ) : việc - correspondent ( n ) : phóng
viên
76. COST ( v ) : trị giá + costly ( a ) : tốn tiền , đắt
77. CROWD ( v ) : tụ tập + crowd ( n ) ; đám đông • crowded ( a ) : đông đúc 78. CRY ( v ) : la hét
tin
79. CULTURE ( n ) : văn hóa – cultural ( a ) : thuộc về văn hóa ở culturally ( adv ) 0
80. - endanger
(v)
81. DECORATE ( V ) : trang trí - decoration ( n ) : sự trang trí
82. DENY ( V ) : phủ nhận 4 deniable ( a ) : có thể phủ nhận 4 denial ( n ) : sự phủ nhận ,
83. DEPEND ( v ) : tùy thuộc , lệ thuộc dependent ( a ) : phụ thuộc + independent ( a ) : độc lập
+ dependable ( a ) : có thể tin cậy • dependence ( n ) : sự phụ thuộc # independence ( n ) ; độc lập
84. DESCRIBE ( v ) : mô tả 4 descriptive ( a ) : miêu tả - description ( n )
85. DESIGN ( V ) : thiết kế – designer ( n ) : nhà thiết kế
86. DESTROY ( v ) : tàn phá – destructive ( a ) - destruction ( n ) : sự tàn phá 87. DEVELOP ( V )
: phát triển + developed ( a ) / developing ( a ) : đã / đang phát triển – development ( n ) .
88. DIE ( v ) : chết dead ( a ) - death ( n ) : cái chết
89. DIFFER ( v ) : khác nhau - different ( a ) - differently ( adv ) + difference ( n ) : sự khác nhau
TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 276
90. DIFFICULT ( a ) : khó khăn – difficulty ( adv ) : một cách khó khăn - difficulty ( n ) : sự khó
khăn
91.DISAPPOINT ( v ) : gây thất vọng • disappointed ( a ) : thất vọng ( người ) – disappointing ( a )
: vật - disappointingly ( adv ) : chán thật – disappointedly ( adv ) ► disappointment ( n )
92. DISASTER ( n ) : thảm họa - disastrous ( a ) disastrously ( adv )
93.DISTINGUISH ( v ) : phân biệt – distinguishable ( a ) > <indistinguishable ( a ) – distinction ( n )
94.
chia
95. EASE ( n ) : sự dễ chịu – dàng
96. EAT ( V ) : ăn – eatable ( a ) : ăn được ở uneatable , inedible ( a ) : không ăn được
97. ECONOMIZE ( v ) : tiết kiệm - economic ( a ) : thuộc về kinh tế - economical ( a ) : tiết kiệm –
economy ( n ) : nền kinh tế - economically ( adv ) : một cách tiết kiệm
98. EDIT (v): biên tập → editional (a) → edition (n): sự xuất bản → editor (n): người biên tập
99. EDUCATE (v): giáo dục → education (n): sự giáo dục → educational (a): vật → educated
(a): người
100. EFFECT (n): hiệu quả → effective (a) → effectively (adv): một cách hiệu quả
101. EFFICIENT (a): có năng lực, hiệu quả ≠ inefficient (a): không hiệu quả → efficiently (adv)
≠ inefficiently (adv) → efficiency (n)
102. ELECTRICITY (n): điện năng → electric (a): có điện đi qua → electrical (a): thuộc về điện
→ electrician (n): thợ điện → electrify (v): điện khí hóa → electrification (n): sự điện khí hóa
103. EMBROIDER (v): thêu → embroidered (a): thêu → embroidery (n): sự thêu thùa
104. ENCOURAGE (v): khuyến khích → encouraging (a): khích lệ → encouragement (n): sự khuyến
khích → courage (n): lòng dũng cảm
105. ENERGY (n): nghị lực, năng lượng → energize (v) → energetic (a): năng động →
energetically (adv)
106. ENJOY (v): thích thú, thưởng thức → enjoyable (a): thú vị → enjoyably (adv) → enjoyment(n)
107. ENTER (v): bước vào → entrance (1): lối ra vào
108. ENTERTAIN (v): tiêu khiển, giải trí → entertaining (a): thú vị → entertainment (n): sự tiêu khiển
109. ENVIRONMENT (n): môi trường → environmental (a): thuộc về môi trường viên
→ environmentally (adv) → environmentalist (n): người
110. EQUAL (a): công bằng → equally (adv): một cách công bằng → equality (n): sự bình đẳng
111. ERUPT (v): phun dung nham → eruption (n)
112. EXAMINE (v): kiểm tra → examination (n): kỷ thi → examiner (n): giảm khảo
→ examinee (n): thí sinh
TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 277
113. EXCEL (v): xuất sắc, trội hơn → excellent (a): xuất sắc → excellently (adv)
→ excellence (n)
114. EXCITE (v): phấn khởi →exciting (a): vật → excited (a): nguời → excitedly (adv) →
excitement (n)
115. EXPECT (v): trông đợi → expectant (a): hy vọng → unexpected (a): bất ngờ
→ expectation (n)
116. EXPENSE (n): phí tổn → expensive (a): đắt tiền ≠ inexpensive (a): không đắt tiền
117. EXPERIENCE (v, n) : kinh nghiệm → inexperience (n): sự thiếu kinh nghiệm → experienced (a)
≠ inexperienced (a): thiếu kinh nghiệm
118. FAME (n): danh tiếng → famous (a): nổi tiếng
119. FARM (n): nông trại → farmer (n): nông dân → farming (n): nghề nông trại
120. FASHION (n): thời trang → fashionable (a): hợp thời trang → fashionably (adv): hợp thời trang
121. FAVOR (n): sự quý mến → favorite (a): được ưa thích → favorable (a): tán thành
122. FLUENT (a): lưu loát, trôi chảy → fluently (adv) → fluency (n)
123. FLY (v): bay → flight (n): chuyến bay
124. FOREIGN (a): nước ngoài → foreigner (n): người nước ngoài
125. FREE (a): rånh rỗi, tự do, miễn phí → freely (adv): tự do → freedom (n): sự tự do
126. FRIEND (n): bạn bè → friendly (a): thân thiện ≠ unfriendly (a): không thân thiện →
friendliness (n): sự thân thiện → friendship (n): tình hữu nghị
127. GENEROUS (a): hào phóng → generosity (n)
128. GLOBE (n): quả địa cầu → global (a): khắp thế giới
129. HAPPY (a): vui vẻ, hạnh phúc ≠ unhappy (a) → happily (adv) # unhappily (adv)
→ happiness (n)
130. HARM (v): gây hại → harm (n): sự thiệt hại → harmful (a): có hại ≠ harmless (a): vô hại
131. HEALTH (n): sức khỏe → healthy (a): khỏe mạnh ≠ unhealthy (a): không khỏe mạnh
→ healthily (adv)
132. HERO (n): anh hùng → heroine (n): nữ anh hùng → heroic (a): khác thường
→ heroically (adv)
133. HISTORY (n): lịch sử → historical (a) → historian (n): nhà sử học
134. HOSPITABLE (a): hiếu khách → hospitably (adv) → hospitality (n): lòng mến khách
135. HOT (a): nóng → heat (n): sức nóng → heat (v): sưởi ấm
136. HUMOR (n): sự hài hước → humorous (a): hải hước → humorously (adv)
137. HUNGRY (a): đói bụng → hungrily (adv) → hunger (n): sự đói bụng
138. HURRY (v, n): vội vã → hurried (a) → hurriedly (adv): một cách vội vã

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 278
139. ILL (a): bệnh → illness (n)
140. IMPORTANT (a): quan trọng → importance (n)
141. IMPRESS (v): gây ấn tượng → impressive (a): hùng vĩ, uy nghi → impression (n): ấn tượng
142. IMPROVE (v): cải thiện, nâng cao → improvement (n)
143. INCREASE (v): tăng lên → increasing (a) → increasingly (adv): càng ngày càng
144. INDUSTRY (n): công nghiệp → industrial (a): thuộc về công nghiệp → industrialize (v):
công nghiệp → industrialization (n): sự nghiệp công nghiệp hóa information (n): tin tức
112. INFORM (v): thông tin → informative (a): nhiều thông tin
113. INNOVATE (v): đổi mới → innovative (a) → innovation (n): sự đối mới
114. INQUIRE (v): hỏi thăm → inquirer (n): người điều tra - inquiry (n): sự yêu cu thông tin
inspiration (n): cảm hứng
115. INSPIRE (v): truyền cảm hứng - inspiring (a): truyền cảm
116. INSTALL (v): lắp đặt → installation (n): việc lắp đặt
117. INSTRUCT (v): dạy, chỉ dẫn - instructional (a): có tính chất giáo dục instruction (n): lời chỉ dẫn
118. INTERACT (v): tương tác → interactive (a) → interaction
119. INTEREST (v, n): thích, sở thích → interested (a): người / interesting (a): vật interestingly
(adv)
120. INTRODUCE (v): giới thiệu → introductory (a): mở đầu → introduction
121. INVENT (v): phát minh → invention (n): sự phát minh → inventor (n): nhà phát minh
122. INVITE (v): mời → invitation
123. JEWISH (a): thuộc về Do Thái - Jew (n): người Do Thái
124. JOY (n): niềm vui - joyful (a): vui mừng, hân hoan joyfully (adv) → joyfulness
125. LIMIT (v): giới hạn → limited (a): hạn chế limitation
126. LUCK (n): vận may lucky (a): may mắn => unlucky (a): không may mắn- luckily (adv)
# unluckily (adv)
127. MAJOR (a): lớn → majority (n): đa số
128. MINIMUM (n): tối thiểu, nhỏ nhất - minimize (v): giảm đến mức tối thiểu
129. MODERN (a): hiện đại modernize (v): hiện đại hóa → modernization (n): sự hiện đại hóa
130. MOUNTAIN (n): núi mountainous (a): có nhiều núi
131. MUSIC (n): âm nhạc → musical (a): thuộc về âm nhạc → musician (n): nhạc sĩ
132. NATION (n): quốc gia → national (a): quốc gia - international (a): quốc tế - nationality (n):
quốc tịch
133. NATURE (n): thiên nhiên natural (a): tự nhiên unnatural (a): không tư phiên # unnaturally
(adv) naturally (adv) ST
TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE
EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 279
134. NEED (V): cần - necessary (a). cần thiết - necessarily (a)necessity
135. NOMINATE (v): bầu chọn → nomination (n): sự bầu chọn → nominee (n): người
136. OCCUR (v): xảy ra → occurrence (n)
137. OFFICE (n): văn phòng → official (a): chính thức → officially (adv) (u)
138. OPTION (n): sự chọn lựa → optional (a): tự chọn, không bắt buộc
139. PARK (v): đậu xe → parking (n): chỗ đậu xe
140. PEACE (n): hòa bình - peaceful (a): thanh bình - peacefully (adv): một cách yên bình
141. PERSUADE (v): thuyết phục → persuasive (a) → persuasion (n): sự thuyết phục
142. PICNIC (n): bữa ăn ngoài trời -→ picnicking (v) picnicker (n): người
143. POEM (n): bài thơ poet (n): nhà thơ → poetry (n): thơ ca - poetic (a): nên thơ
144. POISON (n): chất độc → poisonous (a): có độc - poisoning (n): sự nhiễm độc
145. POLITE (a): lịch sự # impolite (a): bắt lịch sự d. - politely (adv)# impolitely (adv) → politeness
146. POLLUTE (v): ô nhiễm pollution → pollutant (n): chất gây ó nhiễm→ polluted (a)
# unpolluted (a): không ô nhiễm
147. POOR (a): nghèo → poverty (n)
148. POPULAR (a): phổ biến, ưa chuộng - popularly (adv) popularity
149. PRACTICE (n): thực tiễn practice / practise (v): thực hành, luyện tập - practical (a): thiết thực
± impractical (a): không thực tế praclicaily (adv) # impractically (adv): không thực tế
150. PREDICT (v): dự đoán → predictable (a) # unpredictable (a) → predictably (adv) - prediction
151. PREPARE (v): chuẩn bị - preparatory (a) → preparation (n)
152. PRESERVE (v): giữ gìn, bảo quản - preservative (a): bảo quản, giữ gìn - preservation (n):
153. PRIDE (n): sự hãnh diện → pride (v): hãnh diện - proud (a): tự hào → proudly (adv): một cách
tự hào
154. PRIOR (a): ưu tiên – priority (n): quyền ứu tiên
155. PRODUCE (v): sản xuất product (n): sản phẩm / production (n): sản lượng → productive (a):
năng suất unproductive (a): không đạt năng suất 156. PROTECT (v): bảo vệ - protective (a): bảo hộ,
che chở protection (n): sự bảo vệ
157. PROVIDE (v): cung cấp provision (n): sự cung cấp publication
158. (n): sự xuất bản - publisher (n): nhà xuất bản (well)-qualified (a): trình độ chuyên môn cao –
PUBLISH (v): xuất bản (A ) publisher (n)
159. QUALIFY (v): có đủ tư cách - quality (n): phẩm chất
160. RAIN (v): mưa -+ rain (n): cơn mưa → rainy (a): có mưa
161. REDUCE (v): giảm reduction

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE

EXERCISE BOOK FOR GRADE 9 PAGE 280
162. REGION vùng, miền - regional (a): thuộc vùng, địa phương → regionally (adv)
163. RELAX (v): thư giãn -- relaxing (a): dùng cho vật / relaxed (a): dùng cho người relaxation
164. RELIGION (n): tôn giáo religious (a): thuộc về tôn giáo religiously (adv): một cách sùng đạo
165. REPLACE (v): thay thế → replaceable (a) - replacement
166. REPUTE (v): cho là → reputable (a): có danh tiếng tốt → reputation (n): danh tiếng
167. RESPIRE (v): hô hấp=> respiratory (a) => respiration
168. RESPOND (v): trả lời response (n): câu trả lời

TRI DUC FOR INTERNAL USE